The URL can be used to link to this page

FIR2022-0112+Specifications+1.16.2023_12.58.45_PM+3316530cosco Fire Protection FIRE PROTECTION MATERIAL SUBMITTAL SWEDISH MRI BUILD OUT 2161 76TH AVE W EDMONDS WA. 98026 FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR COSCO FIRE PROTECTION 4308 SOUTH 131ST PL TU KW I LA, WA 98168 TELEPHONE: (206) 438-3360 FAX: (206)438-3356 JOB# 25SS8907 REVISION Jan 17 2023 CITY OF EDMONDS DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT FIR2022-0112 ••••••000 *see- cosco ••••••' Fire Protection TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTIONS 1. PIPE AND FITTINGS A. SCHEDULE 40 PIPE B. THREADED FITTINGS C. VICFLEX 2. SPRINKLER HEADS A. VK3021 B. VK462 3. HANGERS A. ALL THREAD ROD B. RING HANGERS C. HDI-P-TZ D. H I LTI I<H-EZ E. SAM MY GST-20SS 4. CPVC A. CPVC PIPE B. CPVC FITTINGS .••••••. cosco ••••••' Fire Protection SECTION 1. PIPE AND FITTINGS FM Approved and Fully Listed SprinklerPipe Wheatland's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinklerpipe is FM Approved and UL, C-UL and FM Listed. Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed the following standards: • ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) • NFPA 13 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe up to 6" receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion -resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted, without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in black, or with hot -dip galvanizing, to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is also UL Listed. SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NIPS NOMOD NOMID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES In. mm In. mm in. mm Ibs./ ft. kg/ m CRR* Lift 11/4 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61 1 % 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 2.09 3.11 5.8 61 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37 2 % 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3.5 30 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 8.37 1.6 19 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11.58 1.5 13 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 .134 3.40 9.30 13.85 1.0 10 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4.78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7 • Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category V/ZY. • The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of I.0). SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOMOD NOMID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in. mm In. mm in. mm Ibs./ ft. kg/ m CRR* Lift 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 1 % 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51 Product Marking I % 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show 2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 .154 3.91 3.66 5.45 00 30 the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a ' The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. supplementary identification method. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). UL C U` FM APPROVED PROJECT: ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: ❑ BLACK AUn 700 South Dock Street Sharon, PA 16146 P 800.257.8182 F 724.346.7260 CONTRACTOR: DATE: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: SYSTEM TYPE: COMMENTS: ❑ HOT -DIP GALVANIZED WFS-O51516 info@wheatland.com wheatland.com Wheatland Tube Follow us on Twitter: I, A DIVI.VON OF ZEKELMAN iNDLISTRIE.S @WheatlandTube SPF/RNVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS (�)ANVIIL FIG. WWI 90° Elbow FIGURE • 900 ELBOW Maximum Nominal Size Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure. In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 11/4 500 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.41 1112 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 A—Wo,rkirgressure atingsa f referen eonlya donS h.40pip F the contact your local Anvil Representative. Cell FM usTEo APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at—anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil" Sales Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, overtightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should betightened approximatelythree turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT•' •APPROVALSTAMP Project: Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: Not approved Engineer: marks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS �! Class 150 (Standard) FIG. 3105R Reducing Tee 2 3 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE 3105R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Dimensions Approx, 1 2 1 3 A B C Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1/4 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.24 8 24.64 24.64 24.89 0.11 1/8 1.04 1.04 1.03 0.27 1/2 12 10 26.42 26.42 26.16 0.12 15 3/4 1.22 1.22 1.20 0.37 20 30.99 30.99 30.48 0.17 1 1.36 1.36 1.26 0.49 25 34.54 34.54 32.00 0.22 1/2 1.20 1.12 1.22 0.38 1/2 15 30.48 26.16 28.45 0.17 15 3/4 1.31 1.22 1.31 0.45 20 33.27 28.45 33.27 0.20 1/4 1.05 1.05 1.08 0.36 8 26.67 j 26.67 j 27.43 j 0.16 1/8 1.12 1.12 1.13 0.39 3/4 10 28.45 28.45 28.70 0.18 1/2 1.20 1.20 1.22 0.43 15 30.48 30.48 30.99 0.20 1 1.45 1.45 1.37 0.62 25 36.83 36.83 28.45 0.28 14 1 1.50 1.18 1.50 0.63 25 38.10 29.97 38.10 0.29 1/2 1.26 1.12 1.36 0.48 1 15 32.00 28.45 34.54 0.22 12 3/4 1.37 1.22 1.45 0.56 20 34.80 28.45 34.54 0.25 1 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.67 25 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.30 PROJECT•' • C UL pg FM Lima APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our "bsite at -.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil®Sales Representative. Dimensions: Fittings: ASME B16.3 Unions: ASME B16.39 Bushings/Plugs: ASME B16.14 Material: ASTM A-197 Finish: Black or Hot Dip Galvanized per ASTM A153 Class A Threads*: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Pressure Ratings: Fittings: ASME B16.3 Unions: ASME B16.39 Bushings/Plugs: ASME B16.14 Pressure Testing: All malleable iron fittings are tested for through wall porosity using an air underwater process. Agency Approvals: All malleable iron fittings and unions are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. * British Standard threading per BS 21 available upon request. Project: Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: Not approved Engineer: marks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/MI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS �! Class 150 (Standard) FIG. 3105R Reducing Tee 2 3 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE 310SR - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Dimensions Approx. 1 2 3 A B C Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 'h 1.26 1.20 1.36 0.53 15 32.00 30.48 34.54 0.24 s 3/4 1.37 1.31 1.45 0.61 20 34.80 33.21 36.83 0.21 1 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.71 25 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.32 3/8 1.18 1.18 1.27 0.57 10 29.97 29.97 32.26 0.26 1 'h 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.62 15 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.28 'A 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.69 1 20 28.45 28.45 36.83 0.31 1'A 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.94 32 42.42 42.42 40.13 0.43 1'h 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.07 40 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.49 2 2.02 2.02 1.73 1.45 50 51.31 51.31 43.94 0.66 1 1.58 1.36 1.67 0.82 1/2 25 40.13 34.54 42.42 0.37 11/4 1.75 1.53 1.75 0.95 15 32 44.45 38.86 44.45 0.43 3/4 1.45 1.31 1.62 0.75 20 36.83 33.27 41.15 0.34 3/4 1 1.58 1.45 1.67 0.87 20 25 40.13 36.83 42.42 0.39 1' 1'/4 1.75 1.62 1.75 1.00 32 44.45 41.15 44.45 0.45 '/z 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.74 15 34.04 32.00 38.86 0.34 'A 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.82 1 20 36.83 28.45 41.15 0.37 1 1.58 1.50 1.67 0.94 'S 25 40.13 38.10 42.42 0.43 1'A 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 32 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.49 FIGURE 3105R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Dimensions Approx. 1 2 3 A B C Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 3/8 1.26 1.26 1.44 0.78 10 32.00 32.00 36.58 0.35 'h 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.84 15 34.04 34.04 38.86 0.38 3/4 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.92 1'/4 11/4 20 36.83 36.83 41.15 0.42 1 1.58 1.58 1.67 1.04 32 32 25 40.13 40.13 42.42 0.47 1'h 1.88 1.88 1.82 1.34 40 47.75 47.75 46.23 0.61 2 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.65 50 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.75 1/2 1'h 1.94 1.66 1.94 1.24 15 40 49.28 42.16 49.28 0.56 3/4 1.50 1.26 1.69 0.86 3/4 20 38.10 32.00 42.93 0.39 1'h 1.94 1.75 1.94 1.29 20 40 49.28 44.45 49.28 0.59 1 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.08 25 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.49 1 1'/4 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.23 32 46.23 42.42 47.75 0.56 1'h 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.35 40 49.28 45.72 49.28 0.61 3/4 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.04 20 38.61 36.83 44.45 0.47 1 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.17 dr 1'/4 25 41.91 40.13 45.72 0.53 1'/4 1.82 1.75 1.88 1.32 32 32 46.23 44.45 47.75 0.60 1'h 1.94 1.88 1.94 1.45 40 49.28 47.75 49.28 0.66 2 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.82 50 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.83 'h 1.41 1.41 1.66 1.04 15 35.81 35.81 42.16 0.47 3/4 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.14 20 38.61 38.61 44.45 0.52 1'h 1 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.27 25 41.91 41.91 45.72 0.58 1'/4 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.43 32 46.23 46.23 47.75 0.65 2 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.89 50 54.86 54.86 51.31 0.86 SPF/MI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS �! Class 150 (Standard) FIG. 3105R Reducing Tee 2 3 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE 3105R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Dimensions Approx. 1 2 3 A B C Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 'h 2 2.25 1.88 2.25 1.89 15 50 57.15 47.75 57.15 0.86 3/4 2 2.25 1.97 2.25 1.93 20 50 57.15 50.04 57.15 0.88 1 1.81 1.75 1.87 1.39 1 25 45.97 44.45 47.50 0.63 2 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.00 50 57.15 51.31 57.15 0.91 11/4 1.90 1.75 2.10 1.64 32 48.26 44.45 53.34 0.74 114 11h 2.02 1.88 2.16 1.80 40 51.31 47.75 54.86 0.82 2 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.09 50 57.15 53.34 57.15 0.95 1 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.57 25 43.94 41.91 51.31 0.71 2 11/4 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.71 11i2 32 48.26 46.23 53.34 0.78 11h 2.02 1.94 2.16 1.88 40 51.31 49.28 54.86 0.85 2 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.21 50 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.00 1/2 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.53 15 37.85 37.85 47.75 0.69 'A 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.63 20 40.64 40.64 50.04 0.74 1 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.78 2 25 43.94 43.94 51.31 0.81 11/4 1.90 1.90 2.10 1.97 50 32 48.26 48.26 53.34 0.89 11h 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.12 40 51.31 51.31 54.86 0.96 21h 2.60 2.60 2.39 3.15 65 66.04 66.04 60.71 1.43 FIGURE 3105R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Dimensions Approx. 1 2 1 3 A B C Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 3/4 1.74 1.74 2.32 2.67 20 44.20 44.20 58.93 1.21 1 1.87 1.87 2.37 2.84 25 47.50 47.50 60.20 1.29 21/2 21iz 1'/a 2.04 2.04 2.45 3.09 65 65 32 51.82 51.82 62.23 1.40 1'h 2.16 2.16 2.51 3.29 40 54.86 54.86 63.75 1.49 2 2.39 2.39 2.60 3.65 50 60.71 60.71 66.04 1.66 2 2 2.52 2.25 2.89 3.88 50 64.01 57.15 73.41 1.76 3/4 1.87 1.87 2.61 3.72 20 47.50 47.50 66.29 1.69 1 2.00 2.00 2.66 3.96 25 50.80 50.80 67.56 1.80 3 1'A 2.17 2.17 2.74 4.23 3 32 55.12 55.12 69.60 1.92 1'h 2.29 2.29 2.80 4.45 40 58.17 58.17 71.12 2.02 2 2.52 2.52 2.89 4.90 50 64.01 64.01 73.41 2.22 2'h 2.83 2.83 2.99 5.69 65 71.88 71.88 75.95 2.58 2 2.74 2.74 3.41 7.52 50 69.60 69.60 86.61 3.41 4 4 2'h 3.05 3.05 3.51 8.51 100 100 65 77.47 77.47 89.15 3.86 3 3.30 3.30 3.60 9.25 80 83.82 83.82 91.44 4.20 SPF/MI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS (�)ANVIIL FIG. 3ftft 1 R Reducing Coupling 1 A Maximum Nominal Size Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure. In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x'h 500 1.69 0.39 25x15 3450 42.92 0.18 1 x'14 500 1.69 0.53 25x20 3450 42.92 0.24 A —Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch.40 pipe. Forthe latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. C UL Os FM IISTEO APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at w anvilintl.com or contact an AnvPSales Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT•' •APPROVALSTAMP Project: Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: marks: Submittal Date: ❑ Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS �! Class 150 (Standard) FIG. 31M Cap wm S�� . `I�I\ I FIGURE Nominal Size 31M - CAP Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 'la♦ 0.53 0.03 6 13.46 0.01 '14♦ 0.63 0.05 8 16.00 0.02 3l8♦ 0.74 0.07 10 18.80 0.03 '/2 0.87 0.11 15 22.10 0.05 '/4 0.97 0.18 20 24.64 0.08 1 1.16 0.30 25 29.46 0.14 1'l4 1.28 0.44 32 32.51 0.20 1'h 1.33 0.55 40 33.78 0.25 2 1.45 0.85 50 36.83 0.39 2'h 1.70 1.49 65 43.18 0.68 3 1.80 2.20 80 45.72 1.00 3'h 1.90 3.02 90 48.26 1.37 4 2.08 3.79 100 52.83 1.72 6 2.55 8.77 150 64.77 3.98 ♦-Supplied in Steel only (Black and Galvanized). c UL US FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at-anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil" Sales Representative. Dimensions: Fittings: ASME B16.3 Unions: ASME B16.39 Bushings/Plugs: ASME B16.14 Material: ASTM A-197 Finish: Black or Hot Dip Galvanized per ASTM A153 Class A Threads*: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Pressure Ratings: Fittings: ASME B16.3 Unions: ASME B16.39 Bushings/Plugs: ASME B16.14 Pressure Testing: All malleable iron fittings are tested for through wall porosity using an air under water process. Agency Approvals: All malleable iron fittings and unions are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. * British Standard threading per BS 21 available upon request. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/MI-1.15 Victaulic° VicFle)Jm Sprinkler Fittings ✓ctaullcg Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Flexible Hoses 10.85 Vic Series AH2 Series AH2-CC 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes by Component • Series AH2 1"/DN25 Nominal ID Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 727790, 915, 1220, 1525, 1830mm. Note: length includes adapter nipple and 5.75/140 mm straight reducer. • Series AH2-CC 1"/DN25 Nominal ID Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 727790, 915, 1220, 1525, 1830 mm. Note: length includes captured coupling and 5.75/140 mm straight reducer. • Sprinkler Reducers: • Sprinkler Connections: 1/2 and 3/4715 and 20mm • Straight Lengths: 5.75, 9, 137140, 230, 330 mm • 90' Elbows: • Short (typically used with concealed sprinklers) • Long (typically used with recessed pendent sprinklers) • Low Profile Short (for use with Style AB5, AB11, AB12, ABBA and ABMM Bracket) • Low Profile Long (for use with Style AB5, AB11, AB12, ABBA and ABMM Bracket) • Inlet Connections: • P725 mm Grooved IGS • P725mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples for attaching to pipe and fittings outlined in NFPA standards. • 3/4720mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples available for VdS. • 1 1/47 32 mm BSPT adapter nipples available for LPCB. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 �ctauliic® victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) • Brackets: • Style A131 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style A132 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style A133 for surface mount applications, wood, metal and block walls, or ceilings • Style A134 for hard -lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style A135 for hard -lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style A137 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings • Style A137 Adjustable for suspended and hard -lid ceilings • Style A138 for hard -lid ceilings with CD 60/27 profile metal studs (regionally available) • Style A139 for hard -lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems • Style AB10 for Armstrong@ TechZoneTM ceilings • Style AB11 for lay -in panel suspended t-grid ceilings or drywall suspended t-grid ceilings, allows for low profile installations (use only with 90' low profile elbows) • Style AB12 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and allows for low profile installation down to 47100mm. • Style ABBA bracket for suspended, exposed, and hard -lid ceilings • Style ABMM bracket for surface mount and stand off -mount applications, wood, metal and block walls, or ceilings and hard -lid ceilings Maximum Working Temperature • 225°F/1070C Maximum Working Pressure • 200 psi/1375 kPa (FM Approval) • 175 psi/1206 kPa (cULus Listed) • 1600 kPa/232 psi (VdS/LPCB Approved) • 1.4 MPa (CCCf Approved) Connections • To adapter nipple (inlet) via • 1725.4mm Grooved IGS • 1725.4mm NPT or BSPT male thread • 3/4/20 mm BSPT male thread (VdS only) • 11/4732 mm BSPT male thread (LPCB only) • To sprinkler head (outlet) via 1/2" or 3/4/15 mm or 20 mm Minimum Bend Radius • 7"/178mm (FM/CCCf Approval) • 2751 mm (cULus Listed) • 3776.2 mm (VdS/LPCB Approved) Maximum Allowable Sprinkler K-Factors • FM (1/2"/15 mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (3/4/20 mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • cULus (1/2715 mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.), (3/4 /20 mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • VdS/LPCB (V2715mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (3/4"/20mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.) 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. virtaulir_rnm 2 ✓ctaUliic' victaulic.corn 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS FM C uU en oS vds LPCB �(( CNHaI %N NOTE • The UicFlex Series AH2 Hose has been tested and evaluated by Spears@ for acceptable use with Spears@ CPVC Products and is therefore covered under the Spears@ FlameGaurd@ Installer Protection Plan. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Series AH2 • Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated • Reducer (1/2 Y15 mm or 3/4720 nrl Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated • Low Profile Elbows: Ductile Iron, Zinc -Plated Brackets: Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated Series AH2-CC • Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Coupling Retainer Ring: Polyethelene • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated • Reducer (1/2 Y15 mm or 3/4720 nrl Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated • Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Coupling Housing Coating: • Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific). • Red enamel (Europe). • Hot dipped galvanized. Gasket:' • Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) Fire Lock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. • Bolts/Nut: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183. • Linkage: CrMo Alloy Steel zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Zn/Fe 5, Type III Finish 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vid4midir rnm 3 ✓ctal lac' victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Product Details - Series AH2 Braided Hose 2 B 5 1 6 7 3 4 C B Hose Length Dimensions Hose Length inches mm A inches mm B inches mm 31/790 25.3/641 31/790 36/915 31.3/794 36/915 48/1219 42.3/1073 48/1220 60/1525 54.3/1378 60/1525 72/1830 66.3/1683 72/1830 Series AH2-CC Braided Hose 1 6 8 34 A _ B Hose Length inches mm A inches mm B inches mm 31/790 24.5/622 29.8/757 36/915 29.5/749 34.8/884 48/1219 41.5/1054 46.8/1189 60/1525 53.5/1359 58.8/1494 72/1830 65.5/1664 70.8/1798 Item Description 1 Flexible Hose 2 Isolation Ring 3 Gasket 4 Nut 5 Adapter Nipple 6 Braid 7 Collar/Weld Fitting 8 Sleeve Item Description 1 Flexible Hose 2 Isolation Ring 3 Gasket 4 Nut 5 Captured Coupling 6 Braid 7 Collar/Weld Fitting 8 Sleeve 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com il ✓ctauliic' victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Standard Reducer 5.757140 mm straight reducer Optional Reducers HMWEE��111 9.0"/229 mm straight reducer 13.07330 mm straight reducer 2.62"/ 66.5 mm 4.83"/ 122.7 mm Short 90' elbow reducer 2.62/ 66.5 mm 6.57"/ 166.9 mm Long 90' elbow reducer NOTE • The Short 90' elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. • FM/VdS Approved only. Low Profile 1.4"/ 36 mm 0 4.597 1 116 mm 1.4"/ 36 mm Short 90' elbow reducer Long 90° elbow reducer NOTE • Style AB11: When low profiles elbows are used with the Style AB11 bracket, the Low Profile Short Elbow is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the Low Profile Long Elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vid4midir rnm 5 ✓ctsulic' vir+nl Jir rnm 4.1 DIMENSIONS WcRex Brackets Style AB1 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard -Lid Ceilings (FM Only) Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48'71219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed Style AB2 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard -Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24V 10 mm or 48'71219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed Style AB3 • Surface Mount Applications • FM/LPCB Approved 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vir+midir rnm 0 ✓ct:auliic' victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB4 • Hard -Lid Ceilings with Hat furring channel grid system Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB5 • Hard -Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB7 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard -Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48'/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. Style AB7 Adjustable • Suspended Ceilings • Hard -Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 700 mm or 1400 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket (adjustable) NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vit4midir rnm 7 ✓ctsulic' victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB8 • Hard -Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 700 mm or 1400 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. Style AB10 • Suspended ceilings • Armstrong® TechZoneTM Item Description 1 6'7152 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB11 • Suspended ceilings • Hard -Lid ceilings Item Description 1 24V 10 mm or 48'71219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM/VdS Approved, cULus listed. Style AB12 • Suspended ceilings • Hard -Lid ceilings Item Description 1 Style AB12 Bracket Body 2 #2 Square Drive Set Screw NOTE • FM/VdS Approved. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vid4midir rnm i ✓ctauliic' victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) VicFlex Brackets Style ABBA • Floor -above mount • Cantilever mount • Temporary mount in exposed ceilings Item Description 1 Style ABBA M unting Plate 2 Style ABBA Square Bar Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 20, 3 T25 Torx Drive Recessed 4 Style ABMM Bracket Body Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 15.24, 5 T25 Torx Drive Recessed Style ABMM • Surface mount • Stand-off mount Item Description 1 Style ABMM Bracket Body Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 15.24, 2 T25 Torx Drive Recessed 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ✓ctaUliic' victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB1 Bracket A Bracket See Chart Assembly 21/8"/60 mm 2"A6768 mm Style AB1 max, hole max. hole 2"/51 mm 21/s"/60 mm E 4.4"/ min. hole min. hole 113mm 1.7"/43 mm Typical ceiling grid am Finished See note ceiling face 247610 mm or V27 V38 48"/1219 mm on Pendent Cpntpr Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 V3802 V2707 V3802 3/4" 1/2" 3/a" 1/2' V2707 V3802 V2707 V3802 Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess 3/4' Max Recess 1/2" Max Recess 3/4" Max Recess 1/2' Max Recess inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R" Minimum 2.0 3.0 7.0 Bend Radius 50 80 175 _ "A" Minimum Required 8.6 10.1 9.6 11.1 13.6 15.1 5.8 5.8 Installation 218 269 244 281 345 383 147 147 Space NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 0 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vid4midir rnm 10 ✓ctauliic' 4.5 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket p= Stud 1�11 oeYrr .11l d 1f A See Chart 1.8 2'Md768 mm RV/60 mm R.760 mm 45 mm max. hole max. hole max. hole RV/60 mm 2751 mm 2751 mm a min. hole min. hole min. hole 1 I I I f Finished ceiling Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer V2707 V3802 V2709 V2707 V3802 V2709 V2707 V3802 V2709 3/4" 1 20mm 1/2' 1 13mm 3/4" 1 20mm 3/4" 1 20mm 1h" 1 13mm 3/4" 1 20mm 3/4" 1 20mm 1/2" 1 13mm 3/4" 1 20mm Max Recess" Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R" Minimum 2.0 3.0 7.0 Bend Radius 50 80 175 "A" Minimum Required 6.2 7.6 6.1 7.2 8.6 7.1 11.2 12.6 11.1 Installation 158 193 155 183 218 180 285 320 282 Space "R" Minimum Bend Radius "A" Minimum Required Installation Space Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 V2709 V3802 3/4" 1 20mm 3/4!' 1 20mm 1/2" 1 13mm Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess inches inches inches mm mm mm 3.3 3.6 3.3 84 91 84 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 ✓ctaulil virtni lir rnm 4.6 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB4 Bracket 00 A 23/8760 mm 2%768 mm See Chart max. hole max. hole 2751 mm 23/8"/60 mm min. hole min. hole /sVI5.9mm Typical Typical finished ceiling tile ceiling face See note Typical 167406 mm - 7/8"/23 mm V27 V38 24"/610 mm on Center Typical pendent ceiling and Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 V3802 V2707 V3802 3/4' 1/i' 3/a" 3hil V2707 V3802 V2707 V3802 Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess 3/4" Max Recess 1/2" Max Recess 34,' Max Recess MY' Max Recess inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R"Minimum 2.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 7.0 Bend Radius 50 80 80 175 175 _ "A" Minimum Required 8.8 10.2 9.8 11.2 13.8 15.2 8.0 5.9 Installation 224 259 249 285 351 386 203 150 Space NOTE Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 ✓ctSU1ilc' virtaldir rnm 4.7 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB5 Bracket See Chart Bracket Assembly R.760 mm 21N768 mm 23W760 mm StylfAB� 7 max. hole max. hole max. hole mm2751 mm R.760 mm 2751 mm min. hole min. hole min. hole m 2x4" ii ii iMetalstud IAl/ Finished 15.9 mm ceiling face Drywall 16"/406 mm Stud C/C V27 V38 V27 Pendent Sidewall Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer "V2707 V3802 V2709 V2707 V3802 V2709 V2707 V3802 V2709 3/4" 1 20mm 1/2" 1 13 mm 3/4" 1 20mm 3/4" 1 20mm 1/2" 1 13 mm 3/4" 1 20mm 3/4" 1 20mm 1/2' 1 13 min 3/a" 1 20mm Max Recess" Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R" Minimum 2.0 3.0 7.0 Bend Radius 50 80 175 "A" Minimum Required 6.0 7.7 6.1 7.0 8.7 7.1 11.0 12.7 11.1 Installation 158 196 155 178 221 180 279 323 282 Space Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow V2707 V3802 V2709 3/4"120mm 1/2"113mm 3/a"120mm Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall inches inches inches mm mm mm "R" Minimum _ Bend Radius "A" Minimum Required 3.5 4.9 3.6 Installation 89 124 91 Space Low -Profile Long Elbow Short Elbow V3802 V3802 1/i' 1 13 mm 1/2" 1 13 mm Max Recess Max Recess inches inches mm mm 2.9 3.3 74 84 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 ✓ctsulic' victaulic.com 4.8 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB11 Bracket (LOW PROFILE SOLUTION) 21/8760 mm 21Y,6'/68 mm 11 Bracket max. hole max. hole Assembly 2751 mm 28/8760 mm A Style AB I min. hole min. hole See Chart 3.r 76 mm rr {r 1.7743 mm Finished Typical 5/8"/15.9 mm ceiling face ceiling grid Typical ceiling the See Note 247610 mm or V27 V38 4871219 mm on center Pendent Hose Clearance Chart Low -Profile Low -Profile Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 V3802 3W 120mm 1h" 1 13mm Max Recess" Max Recess inches inches mm mm "A"Minimum Required 4.0 3.9 Installation 102 99 Space NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 ✓ctauliiic' 4.9 DIMENSIONS Clearances Style AB12 and ABBA Bracket Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with Low Profile Short Elbow Squat Yi 3 Typical Ceiling V2707 h"/12.7 mm MAX. RECESS Low Profile Low Profile Dimension Short Elbow Lone Elbow Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler and Straight 5.75/140 mm Reducer Square I Nominal le 14"/355.6 V. 3 W"_ V2707 W/19 mm MAX. RECESS Standard Standard Standard Short Elbow I Lone Elbow Straieht Reducer 3/a'/19mm 3/a%19mm 3/a'/19mm 3/a'/19mm 3/4'/19mm Recessed* Concealed Recessed Concealed Recessed Concealed Recessed Concealed Recessed Concealed inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Minimum Required 4.0 5.5 5.6 7.2 5.9 7.5 7.7 9.3 15.0 16.6 A Installation Space 101.6 139.7 142.2 182.9 149.9 190.5 195.6 236.2 381.0 421.6 Distance from Top of B Typical Ceiling Tile to 0.5 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Bottom of Gate 12.7 50.8 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 * Adjustability will be limited Style ABMM Bracket Stand-off Dimensions 56 mm i 3.93Y 2.94"/ 100 mm /p 75 mm 0.28"/ 13.947O m� O i 100mm 7mm 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 ✓ctsulic' victaulic.com 4.10 DIMENSIONS Clearances Style A133 and ABMM Bracket Surface Mount Application with Recessed Sprinkler 2751 mm min. hole Hose Clearances inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches Dimension mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm WallThickness 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10 "A" 50 100 150 200 250 50 100 150 200 250 Outlet Length 5.75 1 9 1 13 5.75 9 13 9 13 13 13 5.75 9 13 5.75 9 13 9 13 13 13 "B" 146.1 228.6 330.2 146.1 228.6 330.2 228.6 330.2 330.2 330.2 146.1 228.6 330.2 146.1 228.E 330.2 228.6 330.2 330.2 330.2 Hose Clearance 11.6 14.8 18.8 9.6 12.8 16.8 10.8 14.8 12.8 10.8 12.6 15.8 119.8 10.6 13.8 17.8 11.8 15.8 13.8 11.8 T" 294 376 1 478 243 325 427 275 376 325 1 275 319 402 1503 268 351 452 300 402 351 300 Bend Radius 7 8 "R" 1 200 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 ✓ctalulic' victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA c@us Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses with Straight 5.757140 mm Reducers LISTED Style AB1, AB2, AB4, AB5 and AB10 Brackets Maximum Equivalent Length Number of of 1733.7 mm 90' Bends at 2751 Trim Sch. 40 Pipe (C=120) Bend Radius inches/mm inches/mm/type feet/meters 31/790 1/z"/15/Straight 16/4.9 4 4 3/4"/20/Strai ht 17/5.2 36/915 1/2"/15/Straight 21 /6.4 5 3/4"/20/Straight 23/7.0 5 48/1220 1/z"/15/Straight 32/9.8 8 3/4"/20/Strai ht 37/11.3 8 60/1525 1/z"/15/Straight 46/14.0 10 3/4"/20/Straight 46/14.0 10 72/1830 1/z'/15/Straight 55/16.8 3/4"/20/Straight 53/16.2 12 12 c & us Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose with 90' Low Profile Elbows LISTED Style AB11 VicFlex Bracket Maximum Equivalent Length Number of of 1733.7 mm 90' Bends at 2751 Trim Sch. 40 Pipe Bend Radius inches/mm inches/mm feet/meters 31 /790 1/z'715 24/7.3 4 4 3/4'720 24/7.3 36/915 1/z"/15 26/7.9 5 5 3/4"/20 28/8.5 48/1220 1/z"/15 43/13.1 8 3/4'720 42/12.8 8 60/1525 1/z"/15 49/14.9 10 3/4"/20 50/15.2 10 72/1830 1/z"/15 65/19.8 12 3/4'720 63/19.2 12 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 17 ✓ctauliic' victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA (CONTINUED) Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Equivalent Length Design Guide Equivalent length values at various numbers of 90 degree bends at 2751 mm center line bend radius Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Outlet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Hose Size Bend Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends inches/ inches/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ mm mm meters meters meters meters meters meters meters meters meters meters meters meters 1/2"/15 8.5/2.6 11.0/3.4 13.0/4.0 16.0/4.9 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 31/790 3/4720 10.0/3.0 12.5/3.8 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 1/2 /15 13.5/4.1 16.0/4.9 18.0/5.5 19.0/5.8 21.0/6.4 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 36/915 3/4'720 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 23.0/7.0 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 1/2 /15 15.5/4.7 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 21.0/6.4 22.0/6.7 28.0/8.5 32.0/9.8 N.A N.A N.A N.A 48/1220 3/4720 17.0/5.2 19.0/5.8 21.5/6.6 24.5/7.5 26.0/7.9 27.0/8.2 30.0/9.1 37.0/11.3 N.A N.A N.A N.A 1/2 /15 1 21.5/6.6 24.0/7.3 27.0/8.2 28.5/8.7 30.0/9.1 31.0/9.4 37.0/11.3 42.0/12.8 44.0/13.4 46.0/14.0 N.A N.A 60/1525 3/4720 23.0/7.0 24.0/7.3 28.0/8.5 29.5/9.0 30.5/9.3 31.0/9.4 38.0/11.6 42.0/12.8 44.0/13.4 46.0/14.0 N.A N.A 1/2/15 30.0/9.1 32.0/9.8 36.5/11.1 37.5/11.4 40.5/12.5 41.0/12.8 42.0/12.8 46.0/14.0 49.0/14.9 52.0/15.8 54.0/16.5 55.0/16.8 72/1830 3/4720 32.0/9.8 32.5/9.9 35.0/10.7 35.5/10.8 40.0/12.3 40.5/12.3 41.0/12.5 46.0/14.0 50.0/15.2 51.0/15.5 52.0/15.8 53.0/16.2 NOTES: • Values for use with 5.757140mm straight reducers. How to use this Design Guide: • For some systems, it may be advantageous for the designer to calculate the system hydraulics using shorter equivalent lengths associated with fewer than the maximum allowable number of bends. In this case, the designer may select a design number of bends for the job and use the associated equivalent length from the design guide to determine the system hydraulics. • It is possible that the actual installed condition of some of the flexible drops may have more bends than the designer selected. When this happens, the design guide may be used to find equivalent lengths based on the actual installed number of bends for particular sprinkler installations. The system hydraulics can be recalculated using actual equivalent lengths to verify the performance of the system. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 ✓ctsulic' victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE - FRICTION LOSS DATA FM Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, ABS, AB7, AB7 Adj., ABB, AB1O, AB12, ABBA and ABMM WcFlex Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose inches/mm K-Factor Imperial/S.I. Outlet Size inches/mm/type Equivalent Length of 1"133.7mm Sch. 40 Pipe feet/meters Maximum Number of 90' Bends at 7/178mm Bend Radius 31 /790 5.6/8.1 /2 '"/15/Straight 13.8/4.2 2 '/2 715/90* Elbow 23.5/7.1 36/915 5.6/8.1 '/2"/15/Straight 16.6/5.1 2 Y2'715/90* Elbow 25.6/7.8 48/1220 5.6/8.1 '/2"/15/Straight 23.4/7.1 3 '/2'715/90* Elbow 30.7/9.3 60/1525 5.6/8.1 Y2"/15/Straight 30.2/9.2 4 '/2"/15/90° Elbow 35.9/10.9 72/1830 5.6/8.1 Y2"/15/Straight 37.0/11.3 4 '/2"/15/90° Elbow 41.1/12.5 31/790 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20/Strai ht 16.8/5.1 2 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 16.8/5.1 36/915 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20/Strai ht 20/6.0 2 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 19.7/6.0 48/1220 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20/Strai ht 27.8/8.4 3 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 26.6/8.1 60/1525 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20/Strai ht 35.7/10.9 4 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 33.6/10.2 72/1830 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20/Strai ht 43.5/13.2 4 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 40.6/12.2 31/790 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20/Strai ht 16.5/5.0 2 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 17.8/5.4 36/915 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20/Strai ht 19.5/5.9 2 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 20.7/6.3 48/1220 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20/Strai ht 26.7/8.1 3 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 27.9/8.5 60/1525 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20/Strai ht 33.9/10.3 4 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 35/10.7 72/1830 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20/Strai ht 41.3/12.5 4 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 42.2/12.8 31/790 14.0/20.2 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20/Strai ht 14.9/4.5 2 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 15.5/4.72 36/915 3/4"/20/Strai ht 19.4/5.9 2 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 19.6/5.9 48/1220 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20/Strai ht 30.3/9.2 3 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 29.5/8.9 60/1525 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20/Strai ht 33.9/10.3 4 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 34.1/10.4 72/1830 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20/Strai ht 37.5/11.4 4 3/4"/20/90° Elbow 38.6/11.7 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 standard for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30' bends and two 90' bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 19 ✓ctsulic' victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE - FRICTION LOSS DATA FM Series AH2 Braided Hose with 90' Low Profile Elbows Style AB5, AB11, AB12, ABBA and ABMM WcFlex Bracket Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose K-Factor inches/mm Imperial/S.I. Outlet Size inches/mm Equivalent Length of 1'733.7mm Sch. 40 Pipe feet/meters Maximum Number of 90' Bends at 7/178mm Bend Radius 31 /790 5.6/8.1 1/2715 13.7/4.2 2 36/915 5.6/8.1 1/2"/15 17.0/5.2 2 48/1220 5.6/8.1 1/2 715 25.0/7.6 3 60/1525 5.6/8.1 1/2715 33.0/10.1 4 72/1830 5.6/8.1 1/2 715 41.1 /12.5 4 31 /790 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20 13.6/4.14 2 36/915 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20 16.9/5.2 2 48/1220 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20 27.8/8.5 3 60/1525 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20 32.6/9.9 4 72/1830 8.0/11.5 3/4"/20 40.6/12.4 4 31 /790 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 13.7/4.2 2 36/915 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 17.0/5.2 2 48/1220 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 24.9/7.6 3 60/1525 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 32.9/10.0 4 72/1830 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 40.9/12.5 4 31 /790 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20 13.5/4.1 16.8/5.1 2 36/915 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20 2 48/1220 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20 24.7/7.5 3 60/1525 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20 32.7/9.9 4 72/1830 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20 40.7/12.4 4 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 standard for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30' bends and two 90' bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 20 ✓ctsulic' 5.3 PERFORMANCE - FRICTION LOSS DATA VdS Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose Style AB1, AB2, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10, AB11 and AB12 Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Outlet Flexible Hose Size mm/inches mm/inches 15 mm/1/2" 31 /790 AL 20 mm/3/4" 15 mm/1/2" 36/915 20 mm/3/4" 15 mm/1/2" 48/1220 20 mm/3/4" 15 mm/1/2" 60/1525 20 mm/3/4" 15 mm/1/2" 72/1830 20 m m/3/4" VDS CEILING MANUFACTURERS LIST AB1, AB2, AB7, AB10 ,AB11 AB4 AB5, AB8 1. AMF No specific approval 1. Hilti 2. Armstrong 2. Knauf 3. Chicago Metallic 3. Lafarge 4. Dipling 4. Lindner S. Durlum 5. Rigips 6. Geipel 7. Gema-Armstrong 8. Hilti 9. Knauf 10. Lafarge 11. Linder 12. Odenwald 13. Richter 14. Rigips 15. Rockfon Pagos 16. Suckow & Fischer 17. USG Donn Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose LPCB Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB8, and AB10 Brackets Length of Equivalent Length Maximum Stainless of steel pipe Number of Steel according to 90' Bends at Flexible Outlet EN 10255 ON 25 3'776.2 mm Hose Size (33,7 x 3,25) Bend Radius mm/inches mm/inches/type meters/feet 790/31 15 mm/1/2"/Strai ht 1.8/6.0 2 20mm/3/4"/Strai ht 15 mm/1/2"/Strai ht 915/36 3.6/11.9 3 20mm/3/4"/Straight 15 mm/1/2"/Strai ht 1220/48 4.3/14.0 3 20mm/3/4"/Strai ht 15 mm/1/2"/Strai ht 1525/60 4.1 /13.6 3 20mm/3/4"/Strai ht 15 mm/1/2"/Strai ht 1830/72 5.5/18.1 3 20mm/3/4"/Strai ht Equivalent Length of Maximum Number steel pipe according to of 90' Bends at EN 10255 ON 25 3776.2 mm Bend (33,7 x 3,25) Radius meters/feet meters/feet 5.5/18.0 3 6.4/21.0 3 8.5/27.9 3 10.7/35.1 4 4 Series AH2 Braided Hose Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB8, AB10 and AB12 Brackets Length of Flexible Equivalent Length of Hose 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe mm inches Straight Configuration Bend Configuration 790 0.87 2.70 31 2.9 8.9 915 1.00 2.80 36 3.3 9.2 1220 2.23 4.66 48 7.3 15.3 1525 2.90 6.5 60 9.5 21.3 1830 3.31 7.16 72 10.9 23.5 CCCF NOTE • Friction loss data is in accordance with GB5135.16 tested at a flow rate of 114 liters per minute (30 gallons per minute). 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 0 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 21 ✓ctauliic' victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING ®o • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installa- tion, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments. • The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on 300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 22 ✓ctauliic' victaulic.com 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS — CHARACTERISTICS WcFlex Maximum Load Values Series AH2 Hose with 24" Bracket Actual Length Total Load Max. Uniform Load ft Model Size m Ib N Ib/linearft N/linearm 31 /790 2.6 5.2 23 2.6 on 38 36/915 0 9 5.5 25 2.8 40 48/1220 2 6.3 28 3.1 46 1 60/1525 5 7.0 31 3.5 51 1 72/1830 8 7.7 34 3.9 57 1 Series AH2 Hose with 48" Bracket Actual Length Total Load Max. Uniform Load ft Model Size m Ib N Ib/linearft N/linearm 31 /790 2.6 6.1 27 1.5 22 0.8 36/915 9 6.4 29 1.6 23 48/1220 2 7.2 32 1.8 26 1 60/1525 5 7.9 35 2.0 29 1 72/1830 8 8.7 39 2.2 32 1 Total Load is defined as the sum of the weights of the following: • water -filled flexible sprinkler hose with threaded end fittings, including a typical fire sprinkler • bracket assembly (any applicable Victaulic bracket model of the relevant associated size) ASTM C 635: Suspension System Load -Carrying Capabilities (excerpted) Suspension System Actual Length ft/m Min. Allowable Uniform Load Ib/linearft N/linearm Direct Hung Light 5.0 75.7 Intermediate 12.0 181.0 Heavy 16.0 241.7 SUMMARY: All direct -hung suspension system duty classifications per ASTM C 635 are able to withstand the maximum water -filled weight of the WcFlex sprinkler hose and bracket. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 23 ✓ctauliic' victaulic.corn 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS — CHARACTERISTICS (CONTINUED) Flexible Hose In -Plane Bend Characteristics One Bend I \ I I \ I I Minimum bend radius I I I 90. I _—�— Two Bends fi OR Minimum I bend radius Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius Three Bends OR Minimum bend radius NOTE For out -of -plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose. I-VicFlex-AB1-AB2-AB10 I-VicFlex-AB3 I-VicFlex-AB4 I-VicFlex-AB7 I-VicFlex-AB8 I-VicFlex-AB12 I-VicFlex-ABBA -VicFlex-ABMM Minimum bend radius ,imum d radius User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to -VICFLEX-AB1-AB2-AB10, I-VICFLEX-AB4, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation I-VICFLEX-AB7, or I-VICFLEX-AB8 for the product you are installing. Handbooks are guide, or this disclaimer. included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly Intellectual Property Rights data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 10.85 5839 Rev AG Updated 07/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. virtmrrlir rnm 24 ✓ctsulic' .••••••. cosco ••••••' Fire Protection SECTION 2. SPRINKLER HEADS Page 1 of 5 VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE 4 I Kj PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is a small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinkler available with various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and are Listed and Approved as indicated in the Approval Chart. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS C us UL Listed: Category VNIV aMo FM Approved: Classes 2017, 2015, 2043 Also approved for use in FM Approved vacuum dry sprinkler systems with a C maximum supervisory vacuum pressure of -3 PSI (-207 mbar) CE: Standard EN12259-1, DOP XT1A 1-3-21 Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria for requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 PSI (0.5 bar) Rated to: UL - 250 PSI (24 bar) WWP FM - 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 PSI (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1 /2" NPT (15 mm BSPT) WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Her Nominal K-factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Glass -bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) * Metric K-factor measurement shown is in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards: Sprinkler Body: Brass CW602N, UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Stainless Steel UNS S30400 Pip Cap Shell - Stainless Steel UNS-S44400 Pip Cap Disc - Stainless Steel UNS-S30100 Belleville Spring - Nickel Alloy Pip Cap Seal - Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Compression Screw: Brass CW612N, CW508L, UNS-C36000 or UNS-C26000 Shipping Cap: Polyethylene Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Ordering Information: (Refer to Table 1 and the current Viking List Price Book.) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA, FM Global, and/or any other applicable installation standards. Risk of permanent damage. Over -tightening the sprinkler can cause permanent damage. > Tighten the sprinkler to a MAXIMUM torque of 14 ft-lbs (19 Winn). 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler reaches its operating temperature, the heat -sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the bulb to shatter, releasing the pip cap assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See the Viking website for the closest distributor or contact Viking. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_110720 21.04.19 Rev 21.2 Replaces Form No. F_110720 Rev 21.1 (Added Models E-1, E-2 and E-3 Escutcheons) Page 2 of 5 VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE 4 I IQ PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1: ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: Using the sprinkler base part number, .. the suffix for the desired Finish Size .. the suffix for the desired Temperature Rating. 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Description 1 Suffix , Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max. Ambient Ceiling Suffix Base Part NPT BSPT Number Inch mm Temperature' 238707 1/2 Brass A 135 °F (57 °C) Orange 100 °F (38 °C) A 238827 15 Chrome F 155 °F (68 °C) Red 100 °F (38 °C) B White Polyester 4.6 M-/W 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow 150 °F (65 °C) D Black Polyester 4.6 M-/B 200 °F (93 °C) Green 150 °F (65 °C) E ENT 4,5,6 JN 286 °F (141 °C) Blue 225 °F (107 °C) G OPEN -- -- Z Example: 23870MB/W = VK3021 with white polyester finish and 155 °F (68 °C) nominal temperature rating. This sprinkler is to be installed into an area with a maximum ambient temperature of 100 °F (38 °C) meaning if the area will experience temperatures above the maximum ambient rating, you shall use a higher temperature -rated sprinkler. Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches (see Figure 1): A. Standard Wrench: Part number 23559MB B. Recessed Socket Wrench: Part number 23560MB2 Sprinkler Cabinet: A. Up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01724A B. 6-12 sprinklers: Part number 01725A Footnotes I Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. z. Requires a 1/2" ratchet which is not available from Viking. 3. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 4. LIL Listed as corrosion resistant. 5. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. e. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end -user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway. 7 LIL Listed for 250 PSI (17 bar) WWP. A 0 Top View Figure 1: Sprinkler Wrenches 7/16" (11 mm) Nominal Pipe Engagement 1/2" NPT 15 mm BSPT 2, i9dr (495mm) r ure 2: Sprinkler Dimensions Form No. F_110720 21.04.19 Rev 21.2 Page 3 of 5 VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE 4 I IQ PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com APPROVAL CHART Finish(es)� Viking Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler Temperature(s)li A 1 X KEY VK3021 K5.6 (80.6 metric) Escutcheon(s), If applicable Thread Size Listings and Approvals2,6 Sprinkler Base Part Number' NPT BSPT cULus FM CE6 Inch mm Approval Listings Maximum WWP Approval Listings Maximum WWP Approval Listings 23870 1/2 -- A1, B2X, B3Y 250 PSI (17 bar) A1, B2X, B3Y 175 PSI (12 bar) C1, D2X, D3Y 23882 -- 15 A1, B2X, B3Y 250 PSI (17 bar) A1, B2X, B3Y 175 PSI (12 bar) C1, D2X, D3Y Approved Temperature Ratings: A = 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C) and 286 °F (141 °C) B = 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F (93 °C) C = 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C) and 286 °F (141 °C) D = 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F (93 °C) Approved Finishes: 1 = Brass, Chrome, White Polyester 3,4, Black Polyester 3,4, and ENT4,5 2 = Brass, Chrome, White Polyester 3,4, and Black Polyester 3,4 3 = ENT4,5 Approved Escutcheon Code: X = Installed with Viking Recessed Escutcheons Models E-1, E-2, E-3, NP-1, NP-2, and NP-3, or Viking Standard Surface Mounted Escutcheons Y = Installed with Viking Recessed Escutcheons Models E-1 and NP-1, or Viking Standard Surface Mounted Escutcheons Footnotes I Base Part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 3 Other colors are available upon request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 4 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 5 FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 6 CE: Standard EN12259-1, Declaration of Performance DOP XT1A 1-3-21. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers shall be followed. IMPORTANT. Always refer to Form Number F 091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form Number F 080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance With the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM FM Approval Requirements: The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is FM Approved as quick response Non -Storage Pendent sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM Installation guidelines may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT. Always refer to Form Number F 091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form Number F 080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance With the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_110720 21.04.19 Rev 21.2 Page 4 of 5 C VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. Install the escutcheon inner ring onto the sprinkler threads. 2. Carefully slide the wrench** sideways around the protective cap then push upwards to engage with the sprinkler wrench flats. 3. Install the sprinkler and escutcheon assembly into the pipe fitting. Be sure the escutcheon outer ring contacts the surface of the finished ceiling. Figure 3: Recessed Installation (with Recessed Socket Wrench) **A 1/2" ratchet is required (not available from Viking). 1. Install the escutcheon onto the sprinkler threads. 2. Carefully slide the wrench onto the sprinkler wrench flats. Figure 4: Installation (with Standard Wrench) 3. Install the sprinkler and escutcheon assembly into the pipe fitting. Be sure the escutcheon contacts the surface of the finished ceiling. wi Form No. F_110720 21.04.19 Rev 21.2 Page 5 of 5 VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE 4 I IQ PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6; The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Models E-2, E-3, NP-2 or Models E-1 or NP-1 NP-3 Thread- Recessed Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/8" (54 mm) Ceiling opening size: 2-1/8" (54 mm) Escutcheon Minimum: 2-5/16" (59 mm) (E-3 and NP-3 Outer rings Maximum: 2-1/2" (64 mm) have larger diameters) Min. 13/16" Min. 15/16" Max. 1-7/16" (21 mm) Max. 1-3/4" (24 mm) (37 mm) _ _ �r (44 Ceiling opening size: Minimum: 2-5/16" (59 mm) Maximum: 2-1/2" (64 mm) 1-7/16" (37 mm) Standard Surface -Mounted Escutcheon Figure 5: Installation Dimensions with Viking Escutcheons Form No. F_110720 21.04.19 Rev 21.2 Replaces Form No. F_110720 Rev 21.1 (Added Models E-1, E-2 and E-3 Escutcheons) Page 1 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING 7W74j] 1111 OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLERS ARE FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE! General Handling and Storage: • Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place. • Protect sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use the original shipping containers. DO NOT place sprinklers loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep sprinklers separated at all times. DO NOT allow metal parts to contact sprinkler operating elements. For Pre -Assembled Drops: • Protect sprinklers during handling and after installation. • For recessed assemblies, use the protective sprinkler cap (Viking Part Number 10364). Sprinklers with Protective Shields or Caps: • DO NOT remove shields or caps until after sprinkler installation and there no longer is potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. • Sprinkler shields or caps MUST be removed BEFORE placing the system in service! • Remove the sprinkler shield by carefully pulling it apart where it is snapped together. • Remove the cap by turning it slightly and pulling it off the sprinkler. Sprinkler Installation: • DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or operating element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. • Use only the designated sprinkler head wrench! Refer to the current sprinkler tech- nical data page to determine the correct wrench for the model of sprinkler used. • DO NOT install sprinklers onto piping at the floor level. • Install sprinklers after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. • DO NOT allow impacts such as hammer blows directly to sprinklers or to fittings, pipe, or couplings in close proximity to sprinklers. Sprinklers can be damaged from direct or indirect impacts. • DO NOT attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from sprinklers. • Take care not to over -tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2" NPT: 14 ft-Ibs. (19.0 N-m) 3/4" NPT: 20 ft-Ibs. (27.1 N-m) 1" NPT. 30 ft-Ibs. (40.7 N-m) CORRECT INCORRECT (Original container used) (Placed loose in box) CORRECT INCORRECT (Protected with caps) (Protective caps not used) CORRECT INCORRECT (Piping is in place at the (Sprinkler at floor level) ceiling) (Special installation (Designated wrench not wrenches) used) WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm- www. P65Warn ings. ca.gov Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature allowed. Sprinklers that have been painted in the field must be replaced per NFPA 13. Protect sprinklers from paint and paint overspray in accordance with the installation standards. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia, or any other cleaning fluid. Do not use adhesives or solvents on sprinklers or their operating elements. Refer to the appropriate technical data page and NFPA standards for complete care, handling, installation, and maintenance instructions. For additional product and system information Viking data pages and installation instructions are available on the Viking Web site at www.vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) Page 2 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING 7W74J] 1111 OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com PROTECTIVE SPRINKLER SHIELDS AND CAPS General Handling and Storage: Many Viking sprinklers are available with a plastic protective cap or shield temporarily covering the operating elements. The snap - on shields and caps are factory installed and are intended to help protect the operating elements from mechanical damage during shipping, storage, and installation. NOTE: It is still necessary to follow the care and handling instructions on the appropriate sprin- kler technical data sheets* when installing sprinklers with bulb shields or caps. WHEN TO REMOVE THE SHIELDS AND CAPS: NOTE: SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Remove the shield or cap from the sprinkler only after checking all of the following: The sprinkler has been installed'. The wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! ply, ' •.�. .r n Figure 1: Sprinkler shield being removed from a pendent sprinkler Figure 2: Sprinkler cap being removed from a pendent sprinkler. Figure 3: Sprinkler cap being re- moved from and upright sprinkler. HOW TO REMOVE SHIELDS AND CAPS: No tools are necessary to remove the shields or caps from sprinklers. DO NOT use any sharp objects to remove them! Take care not to cause mechanical damage to sprinklers when removing the shields or caps. When removing caps from fusible ele- ment sprinklers, use care to prevent dislodging ejector springs or damaging fusible elements. NOTE: Squeezing the sprinkler cap excessively could damage sprinkler fusible elements. • To remove the shield, simply pull the ends of the shield apart where it is snapped together. Refer to Figure 1. • To remove the cap, turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. Refer to Figures 2 and 3. REMRefer to the current sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. ©WARNING Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambient temperature allowed. * Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 3 of 4 U ARE AND HANDLING I KJ N7G*J 0 M OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com ACAUTION CONCEALED COVER ASSEMBLIES ARE FRAGILE! TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT, HANDLE WITH CARE. Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly (Protective Cap Removed) Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly with Protective Cap Cover Plate Assembly (Pendent Cover 12381 shown) GENERAL HANDLING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS: • Do not store in temperatures exceeding 100 °F (38 °C). Avoid direct sunlight and confined areas subject to heat. • Protect sprinklers and cover assemblies during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. Use original shipping containers. Do not place sprinklers or cover assemblies loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep the sprinkler bodies covered with the protective sprinkler cap any time the sprinklers are shipped or handled, during testing of the system, and while ceiling finish work is being completed. • Use only the designated Viking recessed sprinkler wrench (refer to the appropriate sprinkler data page) to install these sprinklers. NOTE: The protective cap is temporarily removed during installation and then placed back on the sprinkler for protection until finish work is completed. • Do not over -tighten the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not use the sprinkler deflector to start or thread the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from the sprinklers. • Remove the plastic protective cap from the sprinkler before attaching the cover plate assembly. PROTECTIVE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 4 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING 7W74j] 1111 OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com USE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING WAX -COATED SPRINKLERS Many of Viking's sprinklers are available with factory -applied wax coating for corrosion resistance. These sprinklers MUST receive appropriate care and handling to avoid damaging the wax coating and to assure satisfactory performance of the product. General Handling and Storage of Wax -Coated Sprinklers: • Store the sprinklers in a cool, dry place (in temperatures below the maximum ambient temperature allowed for the sprinkler temperature rating. Refer to Table 1 below.) • Store containers of wax -coated sprinklers separate from other sprinklers. • Protect the sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use original shipping containers. • Do not place sprinklers in loose boxes, bins, or buckets. Installation of Wax -Coated Sprinklers: Use only the special sprinkler head wrench designed for installing wax -coated Viking sprinklers (any other wrench may damage the unit). • Take care not to crack the wax coating on the units. • For touching up the wax coating after installation, wax is available from Viking in bar form. Refer to Table 1 below. The coating MUST be repaired after sprinkler installation to protect the corrosion -resistant properties of the sprinkler. • Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Do not install sprinklers where they would be exposed to temperatures exceed- ing the maximum recommended ambient temperature for the temperature rating used. • Inspect the coated sprinklers frequently soon after installation to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, inspect representative samples of the coated sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 25. Close up visual inspections are necessary to determine whether the sprinklers are being affected by corrosive conditions. Sprinkler Temperature Rating (Fusing Point) Wax Part Number Wax Melting Point Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature Wax Color 155 °F (68 °C) / 165 °F (74 °C) 02568A 148 °F (64 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Light Brown 175 °F (79 °C) 04146A 161 °F (71 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Brown 200 °F (93 °C) 04146A 161 °F (71 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Brown 220 °F (104 °C) 02569A 170 °F (76 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Dark Brown 286 °F (141 °C) 02569A 170 °F (76 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Dark Brown Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. ©WARNING Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambi- ent temperature allowed. Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) Page 1 of 3 N4 I KJ 7W74J] 111 i 9 SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking fire sprinklers consist of a threaded frame with a specific waterway or orifice size and a deflector for distributing water in a specified pattern. A closed or sealed sprinkler refers to a complete assembly, including the thermosensitive operating element. An open sprinkler does not use an operating element and is open at all times. The distribution of water is intended to extinguish a fire or to control its spread. Viking sprinklers are available in several models and styles. Refer to specific sprinkler technical data pages for available styles, finishes, temperature ratings, thread sizes, and nominal K-Factors for the particular model selected. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - approval agency listings. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 3. TECHNICAL DATA Pressure Ratings: Maximum allowable water working pressure is 175 psig (12 Bar) unless rated and specified for high water working pressure [250 psig (17.2 bar)]. Sprinkler Identification: Viking sprinklers are identified and marked with the word "Viking", the sprinkler identification number (SIN) consisting of "VK" plus a three digit number', the model letter, and the year of manufacture. Available Finishes: Viking sprinklers are available in several decorative finishes. Some models are available with corrosion -resistant coatings or are fabricated from non -corrosive material. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page for additional information. Available Temperature Ratings: Viking sprinklers are available in several temperature ratings that relate to a specific temperature classification. Applicable installa- tion rules mandate the use and limitations of each temperature classification. In selecting the appropriate temperature classifica- tion, the maximum expected ceiling temperature must be known. When there is doubt as to the maximum temperature at the sprinkler location, a maximum -reading thermometer should be used to determine the temperature under conditions that would show the highest readings to be expected. In addition, recognized installation rules may require a higher temperature classifica- tion, depending upon sprinkler location, occupancy classification, commodity classification, storage height, and other hazards. In all cases, the maximum expected ceiling temperature dictates the lowest allowable temperature classification. Sprinklers located immediately adjacent to a heat source may require a higher temperature rating. K-Factors: Viking sprinklers are available in several orifice sizes with related K-Factors. The orifice is a tapered waterway and, therefore, the K-Factor given is nominal. Nominal U.S. K-Factors are provided in accordance with the 1999 edition of NFPA 13, Section 3-2.3. Refer to the specific data page for appropriate K-Factor information. Available Styles: Viking sprinklers are available for installation in several positions as indicated by a stamping on the deflector. The deflector style dictates the appropriate installation position of the sprinkler; it breaks the solid stream of water issuing from the sprinkler orifice to form a specific spray pattern. The following list indicates the various styles and identification of Viking sprinklers. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector above the frame so water flows upward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella -shaped spray pat- tern downward. Marked "SSU" (Standard Sprinkler Upright) or "UPRIGHT" Viking Technical Data may be found on on the deflector. PENDENT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be oriented with the deflec- The Viking Corporation's Web site at for below the frame so water flows downward through the orifice, striking http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. the deflector and forming an umbrella -shaped spray pattern downward. The Web site may include a more recent Marked "SSP" (Standard Sprinkler Pendent) or "PENDENT" on the de- edition of this Technical Data Page. flector. CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLER: An "old style" sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector in either the upright or pendent position. The deflector provides a spherical type pattern with 40 to 60 percent of the water initially directed downward and a proportion directed upward. Must be installed in accordance with installation rules for conventional or old style sprinklers. DO NOT USE AS A REPLACEMENT FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS. Marked "C U/P" (Conventional Upright/Pendent) on the deflector. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 2 of 3 N4 I KJ 7W74J] 111 i 9 SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com VERTICAL SIDEWALL (VSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter -spherical pattern and can be installed in the upright or pendent position with the flow arrow in the direction of discharge. Marked "SIDEWALL" on the deflector with an arrow and the word "FLOW". (Note: Some vertical sidewall sprinklers can only be installed in the upright or pendent position —in this case, the sprinkler will also be marked "UPRIGHT" or "PENDENT".) HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The special deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter -spherical pattern. Most of the water is directed away from the nearby wall with a small portion directed at the wall behind the sprinkler. The top of the deflector is oriented parallel with the ceiling or roof. The flow arrows point in the direction of discharge. Marked "SIDEWALL" and "TOP" with an arrow and the word "FLOW". EXTENDED COVERAGE (EC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listings. Maximum area of coverage, minimum flow rate, orifice size, and nominal K-Factor are specified in the individual listings. EC sprinklers are intended for Light -Hazard occupancies with smooth, flat, horizontal ceil- ings unless otherwise specified. In addition to the above markings, the sprinkler is marked "EC". QUICK RESPONSE (QR) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler with a fast- actuating operating element. The use of quick response sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to installing. QUICK RESPONSE EXTENDED COVERAGE (QREC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listing. This is a sprinkler with an operating element that meets the criteria for quick response. QREC sprinklers are only intended for Light Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler is marked "QREC'. FLUSH SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The unit is mounted flush with the ceiling or wall, with the fusible link exposed. Upon actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked "SSP", "PEND", or "SIDEWALL" and "TOP". CONCEALED SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The sprinkler is hidden from view by a cover plate installed flush with the ceiling or wall. During fire conditions, the cover plate detaches, and upon sprinkler actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked "SSP", "PEND", or "SIDEWALL" and "TOP". RECESSED SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler assembly intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The assembly con- sists of a sprinkler installed in a decorative adjustable recessed escutcheon that minimizes the protrusion of the sprinkler beyond the ceiling or wall without adversely affecting the sprinkler distribution or sensitivity. Refer to the appropriate technical data page for allowable sprinkler models, temperature ratings, and occupancy classifications. DO NOT RECESS ANY SPRINKLER NOT LISTED FOR USE WITH THE ESCUTCHEON. CORROSION -RESISTANT SPRINKLER: A special service sprinkler with non -corrosive protective coatings, or that is fabricated from non -corrosive material, for use in atmospheres that would normally corrode sprinklers. DRY SPRINKLER: A special -service sprinkler intended for installation on dry pipe systems or wet pipe systems where the sprinkler is subject to freezing temperatures. The unit consists of a sprinkler permanently secured to an extension nipple with a sealed inlet end to prevent water from entering the nipple until the sprinkler operates. The unit MUST be installed in a tee fitting. Dry upright sprinklers are marked with the "B" dimension [distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the top of the deflector]. Dry pendent and sidewall sprinklers are marked with the "A" dimension [the distance from the face of fitting (tee) to the finished surface of the ceiling or wall]. LARGE DROP SPRINKLER: A type of special application sprinkler used to provide fire control of specific high -challenge fire haz- ards. Large drop sprinklers are designed to produce an umbrella -shaped spray pattern downward with a higher percentage of "large" water droplets than standard spray sprinklers. The sprinkler has an extra -large orifice with a nominal K-Factor of 11.2. Marked "HIGH CHALLENGE" and "UPRIGHT'. EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST -RESPONSE (ESFR) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to provide fire suppression of specific high - challenge fire hazards through the use of a fast response fusible link, 14.0, 16.8, or 25.2 nominal K-Factor, and special deflector. ESFR sprinklers are designed to produce high -momentum water droplets in a hemispherical pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high -challenge fire. Marked "ESFR" and "UPRIGHT' or "PEND". INTERMEDIATE LEVEL/RACK STORAGE SPRINKLER: A standard spray sprinkler assembly designed to protect its operating element from the spray of sprinklers installed at higher elevations. The assembly consists of a standard or large orifice upright or pendent sprinkler with an integral upright or pendent water shield and guard assembly. Use only those sprinklers that have been tested and listed for use with the assembly. Refer to the technical data page for allowable sprinkler models. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for use in the following occupancies: one- and two-family dwellings with the fire protection sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13D; residential occupancies up to four stories in height with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13R; and where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in resi- dential portions of any occupancy with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Page 3 of 3 N4 I Ki 7W74j] 111 i 9 SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Residential sprinklers have a unique distribution pattern and utilize a "fast response" heat sensitive operating element. They en- hance survivability in the room of fire origin and are designed to provide a life safety environment for a minimum of ten minutes. For this reason, residential sprinklers must not be used to replace standard sprinklers unless tested for and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In addition to standard markings, the unit is identified as "RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER" or "RES". 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s). 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. IMPORTANT. Always referto Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers and the appropriate sprin- klergeneral care, installation, and maintenance guide. Viking sprinklers areto be installed in accordancewiththe latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and alsowith the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, wheneverapplicable. The sprinkler technical data page may contain installation requirements specific for the sprinkler model selected. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 1 of 4 SPRINKLER GENERAL CARE, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. 1. DESCRIPTION - STANDARD RESPONSE, QUICK RESPONSE, EXTENDED COVERAGE, AND DRY SPRINKLERS Viking thermosensitive spray sprinklers consist of a small frame and either a glass bulb or a fusible operating element. Available styles include pendent, flush pendent, concealed pendent, upright, horizontal sidewall, vertical sidewall, or conventional, depending on the particular sprinkler model selected. Viking sprinklers are available with various finishes, temperature ratings, responses, and K-Factors to meet design requirementst. Used in conjunction with one of the corrosion -resistant coatings (for frame style sprinklers), the units provide protection against many corrosive environments. In addition, the special Polyester or PTFE coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. t Refer to the sprinkler technical data page for available styles, finishes, temperature ratings, responses, and nominal K-Factors for specific sprinkler models. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or approval agency listings. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: EWARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data sheet. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Material Standards: Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data sheet. 4. INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to over -tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2" NPT: 14 ft-Ibs. (19.0 N-m) 3/4" NPT: 20 ft-Ibs. (27.1 N-m) 1" NPT. 30 ft-Ibs. (40.7 N-m) A. Care and Handling (also refer to Bulletin - Care and Handling of Sprinklers, Form No. F_091699.) Sprinklers must be handled with care. They must be stored in a cool, dry place in their original shipping container. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature al- lowed (refer to the temperature chart on the sprinkler technical data page). Never install any glass -bulb sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or if there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. A small air bubble should be present in the glass bulb. Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed immediately. (Note: Installing glass bulb sprinklers in direct sunlight (ultraviolet light) may affect the color of the dye used to color code the bulb. This color change does not affect the integrity of the bulb.) Sprinklers must be protected from mechanical damage during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. Sprinklers subject to mechanical damage must be protected with an approved sprinkler guard. Use only sprinklers listed as corrosion resistant when subject to corrosive environments. When installing corrosion -resistant sprin- klers, take care not to damage the corrosion -resistant coating. Use only the special wrench designed for installing coated or recessed Viking sprinklers (any other wrench may damage the unit). Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only! Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Do not install sprinklers where they could be exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum recommended ambient temperature for the temperature rating used. Wet pipe systems must be provided with adequate heat. Sprinklers supplied from dry systems in areas subject to freezing must be listed dry sprinklers, upright, or horizontal sidewall sprinklers installed so that water is not trapped. For dry systems, pendent sprinklers and sidewall sprinklers installed on return bends are permitted, where the sprinklers, return bend, and branch line piping are in an area maintained at or above 40 °F (4 °C). B. Installation Instructions - Standard Spray Sprinklers Viking sprinklers are manufactured and tested to meet the rigid requirements of approving agencies. They are designed to be installed in accordance with recognized installation standards. Deviation from the standards or any alteration to sprinklers or cover plate assemblies after they leave the factory including, but not limited to: painting, plating, coating, or modification, may render them inoperative and will automatically nullify the approvals and any guarantee made by The Viking Corporation. Form No. F_080614 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080614 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 2 of 4 SPRINKLER GENERAL CARE, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. Before installation, be sure to have the appropriate sprinkler model and style, with the correct K-Factor, temperature rating, and response characteristics. Sprinklers must be installed after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. Keep sprinklers with protective caps or bulb shields contained within the caps or shields during installation and testing, and any time the sprinkler is shipped or handled. 1 a. For frame -style sprinklers, install escutcheon (if used), which is designed to thread onto the external threads of the sprinkler. Refer to the appropriate sprinkler data page to determine approved escutcheons for use with specific sprinkler models. 1 b. For flush and concealed style sprinklers: Cut the sprinkler nipple so that the '/2" or 3/4" (15 mm or 20 mm)* NPT outlet of the reducing coupling is at the desired location, and centered in the opening* in the ceiling or wall. "Size depends on the sprinkler model used. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page. 2. Apply a small amount of pipe -joint compound or tape to the external threads of the sprinkler only, taking care not to allow a build-up of compound in the sprinkler inlet. NOTE: Sprinklers with protective caps or bulb shields must have the caps or shields kept on them when applying pipe -joint compound or tape. Exception: For domed concealed sprinklers, remove the protective cap for installation, and then place it back on the sprinkler temporarily.. 3. Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. DO NOT use the deflector or fusible element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. a. Install the sprinkler onto the piping using the special sprinkler wrench only, taking care not to over -tighten or damage the sprinkler. b. For flush and concealed style sprinklers: the internal diameter of the special sprinkler installation wrench is designed for use with the sprinkler contained in the protective cap. Exception: For domed concealed sprinklers, remove the protective cap for installation, and then place it back on the sprinkler temporarily. Thread the flush or concealed sprinkler into the %" or 3/4" (15 mm or 20 mm)* NPT outlet of the coupling by turning it clockwise with the special sprinkler wrench. *Thread size depends on the particular sprinkler model used. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page. C. Installation Instructions - Dry Sprinklers WARNING: Viking dry sprinklers are to be installed in the 1" outlet (for dry and preaction systems), or run of malleable, ductile iron, or Nibco CPVC* threaded tee fittings (for wet systems) that meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B16.3 (Class 150), or cast iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B16.4 (Class 125), even at branch line ends. The threaded end of the dry sprinkler is designed to allow the seal to penetrate and extend into the fitting to a predetermined depth. This prevents condensation from accumulating and freezing over the sprinkler seal. *NOTE: When using CPVC fittings with Viking dry sprinklers, use only new Nibco Model 5012-S-13I. When selecting other CPVC fittings, contact Viking Technical Services. 1. DO NOT install the dry sprinkler into a threaded elbow, coupling, or any other fitting that could interfere with thread penetration. Such installation would damage the brass seal. 2. DO NOT install dry sprinklers into couplings or fittings that would allow condensation to accumulate above the seal when the sprinkler is located in an area subject to freezing. 3. NEVER try to modify dry sprinklers. They are manufactured for specific "A" or "B" dimensions and cannot be modified. The dry sprinkler must be installed after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. Before installation, be sure to have the correct sprinkler model and style, with the appropriate "A" or "B" dimension(s), temperature rating, orifice size, and response characteristics. Keep sprinklers with protective caps or bulb shields contained within the caps or shields during installation and testing, and any time the sprinkler is shipped or handled. Exception: For concealed and adjustable recessed dry sprinklers, the protective caps and shields are removed for installation. To install the dry sprinkler, refer to the instructions below and the appropriate sprinkler technical data page for illustrated instruc- tions. Dry upright sprinklers must be installed above the piping, in the upright position only. When installing dry upright or plain barrel style vertical sidewall sprinklers on piping located close to the ceiling, it may be necessary to lower the sprinkler into the fitting from above the ceiling. When installing dry upright or plain barrel vertical sidewall sprinklers from below the ceiling, verify that the opening in the ceiling is a minimum 1-112" (38.1 mm) in diameter. For dry upright or plain barrel vertical sidewall sprinklers in the upright position: First, install the escutcheon (if used) over the threaded end of the sprinkler barrel. Slide the escutcheon past the external threads. NOTE: When installing the dry upright or plain barrel vertical sidewall sprinkler from above the ceiling, it will be necessary to install the escutcheon after lowering the threaded end of the sprinkler through the ceiling penetration. A. For all dry sprinklers: Apply a small amount of pipe -joint compound or tape to the external threads of the sprinkler barrel only, taking care not to allow a build-up of compound or tape over the brass inlet and seal. NOTE: Sprinklers with protective caps or bulb shields must be contained within the caps or shields before applying pipe -joint compound or tape. Form No. F_080614 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 3 of 4 SPRINKLER GENERAL CARE, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. B. Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. C. Install the dry sprinkler on the piping using the special dry sprinkler wrench only, while taking care not to damage the sprinkler. NOTE: Thread the sprinkler into the fitting hand tight, plus 1/2 turn with the dry sprinkler wrench. D. For adjustable standard and adjustable recessed dry pendent and sidewall sprinklers: Escutcheons can be installed after the sprinklers have been installed onto the piping. Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page for escutcheon installation instructions and illustrations. D. Installation Instructions - Testing 4. After installation, the entire sprinkler system must be tested. The test must be conducted to comply with the installation stand- ards. Viking high pressure sprinklers may be hydrostatically tested at a maximum of 300 psi (20.7 bar) for limited periods of time (two hours), for the purpose of acceptance by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. a. Make sure the sprinkler is properly tightened. If a thread leak occurs, normally the sprinkler must be removed, new pipe -joint compound or tape applied, and then reinstalled. This is due to the fact that when the joint seal is damaged, the sealing compound or tape is washed out of the joint. Air testing [do not exceed 40 psi (2.76 bar)] the sprinkler piping prior to testing with water may be considered in areas where leakage during testing must be prevented. Refer to the Installation Standards and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. b. Remove plastic protective sprinkler caps or bulb shields AFTER the wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating ele- ments. To remove the bulb shields, simply pull the ends of the shields apart where they are snapped together. To remove caps from frame style sprinklers, turn the caps slightly and pull them off the sprinklers. SPRINKLER CAPS OR BULB SHIELDS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Retain a protective cap or shield in the spare sprinkler cabinet. 5. For flush style sprinklers: the ceiling ring can now be installed onto the sprinkler body. Align the ceiling ring with the sprinkler body and thread or push it on (depends on sprinkler model) until the outer flange touches the surface of the ceiling. Note the maximum adjustment is 1/4" (6.35 mm). DO NOT MODIFY THE UNIT. If necessary, re -cut the sprinkler drop nipple as required. 6. For concealed sprinklers: the cover assembly can now be attached. a. Remove the cover from the protective box, taking care not to damage the cover plate assembly. b. Gently place the base of the cover plate assembly over the sprinkler protruding through the opening in the ceiling. c. Push the cover plate assembly onto the sprinkler until the unfinished brass flange of the cover plate base (or the cover adapter, if used) touches the surface of the ceiling. d. Refer to the applicable technical data sheet to determin the maximum adjustment available for concealed sprinklers. DO NOT MODIFY THE UNIT. If necessary, re -cut the sprinkler drop nipple. NOTE: If it is necessary to remove the entire sprinkler unit, the system must be taken out of service. See section 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE and follow all warnings and instructions. 5. OPERATION Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s). During fire conditions, the operating element fuses or shatters (depending on the type of sprinkler), releasing the pip cap and sealing assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. IMPORTANT. Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appro- priate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. The sprinkler technical data page may contain installation requirements specific for the sprinkler model selected. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. Form No. F_080614 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 4 of 4 SPRINKLER GENERAL CARE, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE NOTICE: Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. NOTICE: The owner is responsible for having the fire -protection system and devices inspected, tested, and maintained in proper operating condition in accordance with this guide, and applicable NFPA standards. In addition, the Authority Having Jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. A. Sprinklers must be inspected on a regular basis for corrosion, mechanical damage, obstructions, paint, etc. Frequency of inspec- tions may vary due to corrosive atmospheres, water supplies, and activity around the sprinkler unit. B. Sprinklers or cover plate assemblies that have been field painted, caulked, or mechanically damaged must be replaced im- mediately. Sprinklers showing signs of corrosion shall be tested and/or replaced immediately as required. Installation standards require sprinklers to be tested and, if necessary, replaced after a specified term of service. Refer to NFPA 25 and the Authority Having Jurisdiction for the specified period of time after which testing and/or replacement is required. Never attempt to repair or reassemble a sprinkler. Sprinklers and cover assemblies that have operated cannot be reassembled or re -used, but must be replaced. When replacement is necessary, use only new sprinklers and cover assemblies with identical performance char- acteristics. C. The sprinkler discharge pattern is critical for proper fire protection. Therefore, nothing should be hung from, attached to, or otherwise obstruct the discharge pattern. All obstructions must be immediately removed or, if necessary, additional sprinklers installed. D. When replacing existing sprinklers, the system must be removed from service. Refer to the appropriate system description and/ or valve instructions. Prior to removing the system from service, notify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to employment of a fire patrol in the affected area. 1. Remove the system from service, drain all water, and relieve all pressure on the piping. 2a. For frame -style sprinklers, use the special sprinkler wrench to remove the old sprinkler by turning it counterclockwise to unthread it from the piping. 2b. For flush and concealed style sprinklers: Remove the ceiling ring or cover plate assem- bly before unthreading the sprinkler body from the piping. Ceiling rings and cover plates can be removed ei- ther by gently unthreading them or pulling them off the sprinkler body (depends on the sprinkler model used). After the ceiling ring or cover plate assembly has been removed from the sprinkler body, place the plastic protective cap (from the spare sprinkler cabinet) over the sprinkler to be removed and then fit the sprinkler wrench over the cap. Then use the wrench to unthread the sprinkler from the piping. Exception: Domed concealed sprinklers are removed without the plastic cap. 3. Install the new sprinkler unit by following the instructions in section 4. INSTALLATION. Care must be taken to ensure that the replacement sprinkler is the proper model and style, with the correct K-Factor, temperature rating, and response character- istics. A fully stocked spare sprinkler cabinet should be provided for this purpose. For flush or concealed sprinklers: stock of spare ceiling rings or cover plates should also be available in the spare sprinkler cabinet. E. Place the system back in service and secure all valves. Check for and repair all leaks. Sprinkler systems that have been sub- jected to a fire must be returned to service as soon as possible. The entire system must be inspected for damage, and repaired or replaced as necessary. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion or high ambient temperatures, but have not operated, should be replaced. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for minimum replacement requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_080614 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080614 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 1 of 1 N4 I KJ REGULATORYAND HEALTH WARNINGS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Regulatory and Health Warnings applying to materials used in the manufacture and construction of fire protection products are provided herin as they relate to legally mandated jurisdictional regions. A WARNING STATE OF CALIFORNIA, USA Installing or servicing fire protection products such as sprinklers, valves, piping etc. can expose you to chemicals including, but not li- mited to, lead, nickel, butadiene, titaninum dioxide, chromium, carbon black, and acrylonitrile which are known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2. WARRANTY TERMS AND CONDITIONS For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule at www.vikinggroupinc.com or contact Viking directly. Form No. F 111218 18.11.15 Rev 18.1 New Bulletin Page 1 of 5 MIRAGE° QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT MRI 41KJ7W74JSPRINKLERS (K5.6 & 8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Mirage° Quick Response Concealed MRI Sprinklers are intended for use inside an MRI environment, such as the MR system room. They are not intended to be used within the bore of the MR scanner itself. This sprinkler has been independently tested for use with a 3-Tesla MR system in accordance with ASTM F2502-15 criteria. The results of this test demonstrate that this product is acceptable for use in an environment with a static magnetic field of 3-Tesla or less and the highest spatial gradient magnetic field of 330-Gauss/cm or less. The sprinkler is pre -assembled with a threaded adapter for installation with a low -profile cover assembly that provides up to '/2' (13 mm) of vertical adjustment. The two-piece design allows installation and testing of the sprinkler prior to installation of the cover plate. The The "push -on" and "thread -on" designs of the concealed cover plate assemblies allow easy installation of the cover plate after the system has been tested and the ceiling finish has been applied. The cover assembly can be removed and reinstalled, allowing temporary removal of ceiling panels without taking the sprinkler system out of service or removing the sprinkler. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS c qus cULus Listed: Category VNIV C E CE: Standard EN12259-1, DOP_VK462MRI_22-9-20 Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria for cULus Listing requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA *�ARN:I:NG:Cancer and Reproductive Harm- _ P65Warnings.ca.gov Specifications: Available since 2008. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar). Thread size: 1/2" (15 mm) or 3/4" (20 mm) NPT Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric) or 8.0 U.S. (115.2 metric) 'Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass -bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Patents Pending Material Standards: Sprinkler Body: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel Alloy Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Button: Brass UNS-C36000 Screws: 18-8 Stainless Steel Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with Teflon Tape Yoke: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Cover Adapter: Brass UNS-C26800 Cover Assembly Materials: Cover: Copper UNS-Cl1000 Base: Brass UNS-C26800 or UNS-C26000 Springs: Nickel Alloy Solder: Eutectic Ordering Information: The sprinkler and cover plate must be ordered separately. Refer to Tables 1 and 2. Form No. F 062908 20.10.20 Rev 20.3 Replaces F_062908 Rev 20.2 (Revised CE approval.) Page 2 of 5 MIRAGE° QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT MRI 41Kj7W74jSPRINKLERS (K5.6 & 8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches its operating temperature, the cover plate detaches. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the heat -sensitive liquid in the glass bulb to expand and the bulb to shatter, releasing the yoke, pip -cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinklers VK462 and VK464 are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: SPRINKLER ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions*: (1) Select a Sprinkler Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Sprinkler Temperature Rating (3) Order a cover plate (refer to Table 2) Example: 15480AE = 200 °F (93 °C) Temperature Rated Sprinkler with a standard Brass finish. NOTE: If ordering the MRI sprinkler by referring to the SIN, be sure to specify "MRI". Size 2: Temperature Ratings SIN Sprinkler Base Part Number" NPT Sprinkler Temperature Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max. Ambient Suffix Inch Classification Ceiling Temperature s VK462 15480A 1/2 Ordinary 155 -F (68 -C) Red 100 -F (38 °C) B VK464 15481A 3/4 Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow 150 °F (65 °C) D Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) Green 150 °F (65 °C) E Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches and tools (see Figure 1): A. Heavy Duty Part Number: 14047W/B3 (available since 2006) B. Head Cabinet Wrench Part Number: 140314 (available since 2006) C. Optional Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part Number: 144125 (available since 2007) D. Optional Large Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part No. 148675 (available since 2007) Sprinkler Cabinet: Holds up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01731A (available since 1971). Footnotes Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. z. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. I Requires a ''/2" ratchet (not available from Viking). 4. Also optional for removal of the protective cap. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. 5. The installer tool is for push -on style cover plates only. Form No. F_062908 20.10.20 Rev 20.3 Page 3 of 5 MIRAGE° QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT MRI 41Kj7W7*jSPRINKLERS (K5.6 & 8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. COVERTABLE 2: ORDERING •R• Instructions: (1) Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3) Add the suffix for the required Cover Plate Nominal Rating. Example: 23190MCIW = 165 °F (74 °C) Temperature Rated, 2-3/4" (70 mm) diameter, Thread -On style Round Cover Plate with a Painted White finish. 1: Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number' 2: Select a Finish Thread-OnPush-On Base Part Size Base Part Size Number Inch (mm) Type Number Inch (mm) Type Description Suffix° 23190 2-3/4 (70) Round 23447 2-3/4 (70) Round Polished Chrome F 23174 3-5/16 (84) Round 23463 3-5/16 (84) Round Brushed Chrome F-/B Bright Brass B Antique Brass B-/A Brushed Brass B-/B Brushed Copper E-/B Painted White M-/W Painted Ivory M-/I Painted Black M-/B 3: Temperature Rating Matrix' 2 Cover Plate Nominal Rating (Required) Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Rating Sprinkler Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature Suffix 135 °F (57 °C) Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) A 165 °F (74 °C) Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) C 165 °F (74 °C) Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) C Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. Z. Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. a. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. �'�p cuSTO Q 2>A All custom color painted cover plates will have an identifying label affixed to the inside of the cover that o indicates the custom color and will have a representative ° sample (a paint dot) of the paint on the label. Figure 1: Identification of Custom Paint for Concealed Covers Form No. F_062908 20.10.20 Rev 20.3 Page 4 of 5 MIRAGE° QUICK RESPONSE N1KJ7W7*JCONCEALED PENDENT MRI SPRINKLERS (K5.6 & 8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. Approval Chart SprinklerTemperature Rating Cover Plate Temperature Rating Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent MRI Sprinklers Awl* Cover Plate Finish KEY Sprinkler NPT Thread Nominal Listings and Approvals' Base Part SIN Size K-Factor Maximum Water (Refer also to Design Criteria.) Working Pressure Inch mm U.S. metric' cULus4 CE8 NYC Number t 15480A VK462 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) AW1, BX1 AW1, BX1 see Footnotes. 15481A VK464 3/4" 20 8.0 115.2 175 psi (12 bar) AW1, BX1 -- See Footnote 5. Cover Plate Assembly Temperature Ratingse Cover Plate Assembly Finishes' Sprinkler Temperature Ratings W -1350F (57°C) cover 23190, 23447 or 23174, 23463 (large 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright A - 155°F (68°C) diameter) Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, B - 175°F (79°C) and 200°F (93°C) X - 165°F (74°C) cover 23190, 23447 or 23174, 23463 (large Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted diameter) Ivory, or Painted Black Footnotes t. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. s. This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4. Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5. Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008. a. The 135°F cover has an orange label. The 165°F cover has a white label. 7 Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. 8. CE: Standard EN 12259-1, Declaration of Performance DOP VK462MRI 22-9-20. NOTE: Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. DESIGN CRITERIA (Also refer to the Approval Chart.) cULus Listing Requirements: Mirage® Concealed Pendent MRI Sprinklers were subjected to magnetic field interaction testing and determined to be MRI conditional according to the terminology specified in ASTM International, Designation F2502-15. These sprinklers are intended for use in a high magnetic field environment according to the following conditions: 1. Static magnetic field of 3-Tesla or less 2. Highest spatial gradient magnetic field of 330-Gauss/cm or less Sprinklers VK462 and VK464 are cULus Listed for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers as indicated below. • For hazard occupancies up to and including Ordinary Hazard, Group ll. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. Maximum spacing allowed is 15 ft. (4.6 m). • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m) unless baffles are installed in accordance with NFPA 13. • Minimum distance from walls is 4 in. (102 mm). • Maximum distance from walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers. The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers must be followed. NOTE: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Bulletin Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_062908 20.10.20 Rev 20.3 Page 5 of 5 MIRAGE° QUICK RESPONSE G* CONCEALED PENDENT MRI 411UN7SPRINKLERS (K5.6 & 8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly • Protective cap removed • Use wrench 14031** s Sprinkler Wrench Part No. 14047W/B** r Step 1: Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the deflector and pins • NEVER install the sprinkler by applying the installation wrench across the frame arms. • DO NOT overtighten. • Use only the designated sprinkler wrenches, Viking Part Numbers 14047W/B or 14031**. • A leak tight seal should be achieved by turning the sprinkler clockwise 1 to 1-1/2 turns beyond finger tight. 2-1/4" (57 mm) diameter opening required in the ceiling. 01 Step 2: Carefully press the wrench upward and turn slightly to ensure engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats. Sprinkler wrench flat Sprinkler frame arms Figure 2: Sprinkler Installation and Proper Wrench Usage (Sprinkler VK462 Shown) ** A 1/2" ratchet is required (Not available from Viking) Form No. F_062908 20.10.20 Rev 20.3 Page 6 of 5 MIRAGE° QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT MRI 41Kj7W7*jSPRINKLERS (K5.6 & 8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. 1/2" (15 mm) NPT (VK462) _ or 2-5/8" (67 mm) 3/4" (20 mm) NPT (VK464) Maximum 2-1/8" (54 mm) Minimum r E ` E INS 2:3/4" 170 mm) or NOTE: Upon sprinkler activation, the deflector descends to approximately 13116" (21 mm) below the sprinkler body. Figure 3: Sprinkler Dimensions and Cover Installation (Sprinkler VK462 Shown) Form No. F 062908 20.10.20 Rev 20.3 Replaces F_062908 Rev 20.2 (Revised CE approval.) Page 1 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING 7W74j] 1111 OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLERS ARE FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE! General Handling and Storage: • Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place. • Protect sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use the original shipping containers. DO NOT place sprinklers loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep sprinklers separated at all times. DO NOT allow metal parts to contact sprinkler operating elements. For Pre -Assembled Drops: • Protect sprinklers during handling and after installation. • For recessed assemblies, use the protective sprinkler cap (Viking Part Number 10364). Sprinklers with Protective Shields or Caps: • DO NOT remove shields or caps until after sprinkler installation and there no longer is potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. • Sprinkler shields or caps MUST be removed BEFORE placing the system in service! • Remove the sprinkler shield by carefully pulling it apart where it is snapped together. • Remove the cap by turning it slightly and pulling it off the sprinkler. Sprinkler Installation: • DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or operating element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. • Use only the designated sprinkler head wrench! Refer to the current sprinkler tech- nical data page to determine the correct wrench for the model of sprinkler used. • DO NOT install sprinklers onto piping at the floor level. • Install sprinklers after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. • DO NOT allow impacts such as hammer blows directly to sprinklers or to fittings, pipe, or couplings in close proximity to sprinklers. Sprinklers can be damaged from direct or indirect impacts. • DO NOT attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from sprinklers. • Take care not to over -tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2" NPT: 14 ft-Ibs. (19.0 N-m) 3/4" NPT: 20 ft-Ibs. (27.1 N-m) 1" NPT. 30 ft-Ibs. (40.7 N-m) CORRECT INCORRECT (Original container used) (Placed loose in box) CORRECT INCORRECT (Protected with caps) (Protective caps not used) CORRECT INCORRECT (Piping is in place at the (Sprinkler at floor level) ceiling) (Special installation (Designated wrench not wrenches) used) WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm- www. P65Warn ings. ca.gov Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature allowed. Sprinklers that have been painted in the field must be replaced per NFPA 13. Protect sprinklers from paint and paint overspray in accordance with the installation standards. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia, or any other cleaning fluid. Do not use adhesives or solvents on sprinklers or their operating elements. Refer to the appropriate technical data page and NFPA standards for complete care, handling, installation, and maintenance instructions. For additional product and system information Viking data pages and installation instructions are available on the Viking Web site at www.vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) Page 2 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING 7W74J] 1111 OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com PROTECTIVE SPRINKLER SHIELDS AND CAPS General Handling and Storage: Many Viking sprinklers are available with a plastic protective cap or shield temporarily covering the operating elements. The snap - on shields and caps are factory installed and are intended to help protect the operating elements from mechanical damage during shipping, storage, and installation. NOTE: It is still necessary to follow the care and handling instructions on the appropriate sprin- kler technical data sheets* when installing sprinklers with bulb shields or caps. WHEN TO REMOVE THE SHIELDS AND CAPS: NOTE: SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Remove the shield or cap from the sprinkler only after checking all of the following: The sprinkler has been installed'. The wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! ply, ' •.�. .r n Figure 1: Sprinkler shield being removed from a pendent sprinkler Figure 2: Sprinkler cap being removed from a pendent sprinkler. Figure 3: Sprinkler cap being re- moved from and upright sprinkler. HOW TO REMOVE SHIELDS AND CAPS: No tools are necessary to remove the shields or caps from sprinklers. DO NOT use any sharp objects to remove them! Take care not to cause mechanical damage to sprinklers when removing the shields or caps. When removing caps from fusible ele- ment sprinklers, use care to prevent dislodging ejector springs or damaging fusible elements. NOTE: Squeezing the sprinkler cap excessively could damage sprinkler fusible elements. • To remove the shield, simply pull the ends of the shield apart where it is snapped together. Refer to Figure 1. • To remove the cap, turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. Refer to Figures 2 and 3. REMRefer to the current sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. ©WARNING Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambient temperature allowed. * Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 3 of 4 U ARE AND HANDLING I KJ N7G*J 0 M OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com ACAUTION CONCEALED COVER ASSEMBLIES ARE FRAGILE! TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT, HANDLE WITH CARE. Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly (Protective Cap Removed) Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly with Protective Cap Cover Plate Assembly (Pendent Cover 12381 shown) GENERAL HANDLING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS: • Do not store in temperatures exceeding 100 °F (38 °C). Avoid direct sunlight and confined areas subject to heat. • Protect sprinklers and cover assemblies during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. Use original shipping containers. Do not place sprinklers or cover assemblies loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep the sprinkler bodies covered with the protective sprinkler cap any time the sprinklers are shipped or handled, during testing of the system, and while ceiling finish work is being completed. • Use only the designated Viking recessed sprinkler wrench (refer to the appropriate sprinkler data page) to install these sprinklers. NOTE: The protective cap is temporarily removed during installation and then placed back on the sprinkler for protection until finish work is completed. • Do not over -tighten the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not use the sprinkler deflector to start or thread the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from the sprinklers. • Remove the plastic protective cap from the sprinkler before attaching the cover plate assembly. PROTECTIVE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 4 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING 7W74j] 1111 OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com USE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING WAX -COATED SPRINKLERS Many of Viking's sprinklers are available with factory -applied wax coating for corrosion resistance. These sprinklers MUST receive appropriate care and handling to avoid damaging the wax coating and to assure satisfactory performance of the product. General Handling and Storage of Wax -Coated Sprinklers: • Store the sprinklers in a cool, dry place (in temperatures below the maximum ambient temperature allowed for the sprinkler temperature rating. Refer to Table 1 below.) • Store containers of wax -coated sprinklers separate from other sprinklers. • Protect the sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use original shipping containers. • Do not place sprinklers in loose boxes, bins, or buckets. Installation of Wax -Coated Sprinklers: Use only the special sprinkler head wrench designed for installing wax -coated Viking sprinklers (any other wrench may damage the unit). • Take care not to crack the wax coating on the units. • For touching up the wax coating after installation, wax is available from Viking in bar form. Refer to Table 1 below. The coating MUST be repaired after sprinkler installation to protect the corrosion -resistant properties of the sprinkler. • Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Do not install sprinklers where they would be exposed to temperatures exceed- ing the maximum recommended ambient temperature for the temperature rating used. • Inspect the coated sprinklers frequently soon after installation to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, inspect representative samples of the coated sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 25. Close up visual inspections are necessary to determine whether the sprinklers are being affected by corrosive conditions. Sprinkler Temperature Rating (Fusing Point) Wax Part Number Wax Melting Point Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature Wax Color 155 °F (68 °C) / 165 °F (74 °C) 02568A 148 °F (64 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Light Brown 175 °F (79 °C) 04146A 161 °F (71 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Brown 200 °F (93 °C) 04146A 161 °F (71 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Brown 220 °F (104 °C) 02569A 170 °F (76 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Dark Brown 286 °F (141 °C) 02569A 170 °F (76 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Dark Brown Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. ©WARNING Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambi- ent temperature allowed. Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) Page 1 of 3 N4 I KJ 7W74J] 111 i 9 SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking fire sprinklers consist of a threaded frame with a specific waterway or orifice size and a deflector for distributing water in a specified pattern. A closed or sealed sprinkler refers to a complete assembly, including the thermosensitive operating element. An open sprinkler does not use an operating element and is open at all times. The distribution of water is intended to extinguish a fire or to control its spread. Viking sprinklers are available in several models and styles. Refer to specific sprinkler technical data pages for available styles, finishes, temperature ratings, thread sizes, and nominal K-Factors for the particular model selected. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - approval agency listings. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 3. TECHNICAL DATA Pressure Ratings: Maximum allowable water working pressure is 175 psig (12 Bar) unless rated and specified for high water working pressure [250 psig (17.2 bar)]. Sprinkler Identification: Viking sprinklers are identified and marked with the word "Viking", the sprinkler identification number (SIN) consisting of "VK" plus a three digit number', the model letter, and the year of manufacture. Available Finishes: Viking sprinklers are available in several decorative finishes. Some models are available with corrosion -resistant coatings or are fabricated from non -corrosive material. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page for additional information. Available Temperature Ratings: Viking sprinklers are available in several temperature ratings that relate to a specific temperature classification. Applicable installa- tion rules mandate the use and limitations of each temperature classification. In selecting the appropriate temperature classifica- tion, the maximum expected ceiling temperature must be known. When there is doubt as to the maximum temperature at the sprinkler location, a maximum -reading thermometer should be used to determine the temperature under conditions that would show the highest readings to be expected. In addition, recognized installation rules may require a higher temperature classifica- tion, depending upon sprinkler location, occupancy classification, commodity classification, storage height, and other hazards. In all cases, the maximum expected ceiling temperature dictates the lowest allowable temperature classification. Sprinklers located immediately adjacent to a heat source may require a higher temperature rating. K-Factors: Viking sprinklers are available in several orifice sizes with related K-Factors. The orifice is a tapered waterway and, therefore, the K-Factor given is nominal. Nominal U.S. K-Factors are provided in accordance with the 1999 edition of NFPA 13, Section 3-2.3. Refer to the specific data page for appropriate K-Factor information. Available Styles: Viking sprinklers are available for installation in several positions as indicated by a stamping on the deflector. The deflector style dictates the appropriate installation position of the sprinkler; it breaks the solid stream of water issuing from the sprinkler orifice to form a specific spray pattern. The following list indicates the various styles and identification of Viking sprinklers. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector above the frame so water flows upward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella -shaped spray pat- tern downward. Marked "SSU" (Standard Sprinkler Upright) or "UPRIGHT" Viking Technical Data may be found on on the deflector. PENDENT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be oriented with the deflec- The Viking Corporation's Web site at for below the frame so water flows downward through the orifice, striking http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. the deflector and forming an umbrella -shaped spray pattern downward. The Web site may include a more recent Marked "SSP" (Standard Sprinkler Pendent) or "PENDENT" on the de- edition of this Technical Data Page. flector. CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLER: An "old style" sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector in either the upright or pendent position. The deflector provides a spherical type pattern with 40 to 60 percent of the water initially directed downward and a proportion directed upward. Must be installed in accordance with installation rules for conventional or old style sprinklers. DO NOT USE AS A REPLACEMENT FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS. Marked "C U/P" (Conventional Upright/Pendent) on the deflector. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 2 of 3 N4 I KJ 7W74J] 111 i 9 SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com VERTICAL SIDEWALL (VSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter -spherical pattern and can be installed in the upright or pendent position with the flow arrow in the direction of discharge. Marked "SIDEWALL" on the deflector with an arrow and the word "FLOW". (Note: Some vertical sidewall sprinklers can only be installed in the upright or pendent position —in this case, the sprinkler will also be marked "UPRIGHT" or "PENDENT".) HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The special deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter -spherical pattern. Most of the water is directed away from the nearby wall with a small portion directed at the wall behind the sprinkler. The top of the deflector is oriented parallel with the ceiling or roof. The flow arrows point in the direction of discharge. Marked "SIDEWALL" and "TOP" with an arrow and the word "FLOW". EXTENDED COVERAGE (EC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listings. Maximum area of coverage, minimum flow rate, orifice size, and nominal K-Factor are specified in the individual listings. EC sprinklers are intended for Light -Hazard occupancies with smooth, flat, horizontal ceil- ings unless otherwise specified. In addition to the above markings, the sprinkler is marked "EC". QUICK RESPONSE (QR) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler with a fast- actuating operating element. The use of quick response sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to installing. QUICK RESPONSE EXTENDED COVERAGE (QREC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listing. This is a sprinkler with an operating element that meets the criteria for quick response. QREC sprinklers are only intended for Light Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler is marked "QREC'. FLUSH SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The unit is mounted flush with the ceiling or wall, with the fusible link exposed. Upon actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked "SSP", "PEND", or "SIDEWALL" and "TOP". CONCEALED SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The sprinkler is hidden from view by a cover plate installed flush with the ceiling or wall. During fire conditions, the cover plate detaches, and upon sprinkler actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked "SSP", "PEND", or "SIDEWALL" and "TOP". RECESSED SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler assembly intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The assembly con- sists of a sprinkler installed in a decorative adjustable recessed escutcheon that minimizes the protrusion of the sprinkler beyond the ceiling or wall without adversely affecting the sprinkler distribution or sensitivity. Refer to the appropriate technical data page for allowable sprinkler models, temperature ratings, and occupancy classifications. DO NOT RECESS ANY SPRINKLER NOT LISTED FOR USE WITH THE ESCUTCHEON. CORROSION -RESISTANT SPRINKLER: A special service sprinkler with non -corrosive protective coatings, or that is fabricated from non -corrosive material, for use in atmospheres that would normally corrode sprinklers. DRY SPRINKLER: A special -service sprinkler intended for installation on dry pipe systems or wet pipe systems where the sprinkler is subject to freezing temperatures. The unit consists of a sprinkler permanently secured to an extension nipple with a sealed inlet end to prevent water from entering the nipple until the sprinkler operates. The unit MUST be installed in a tee fitting. Dry upright sprinklers are marked with the "B" dimension [distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the top of the deflector]. Dry pendent and sidewall sprinklers are marked with the "A" dimension [the distance from the face of fitting (tee) to the finished surface of the ceiling or wall]. LARGE DROP SPRINKLER: A type of special application sprinkler used to provide fire control of specific high -challenge fire haz- ards. Large drop sprinklers are designed to produce an umbrella -shaped spray pattern downward with a higher percentage of "large" water droplets than standard spray sprinklers. The sprinkler has an extra -large orifice with a nominal K-Factor of 11.2. Marked "HIGH CHALLENGE" and "UPRIGHT'. EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST -RESPONSE (ESFR) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to provide fire suppression of specific high - challenge fire hazards through the use of a fast response fusible link, 14.0, 16.8, or 25.2 nominal K-Factor, and special deflector. ESFR sprinklers are designed to produce high -momentum water droplets in a hemispherical pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high -challenge fire. Marked "ESFR" and "UPRIGHT' or "PEND". INTERMEDIATE LEVEL/RACK STORAGE SPRINKLER: A standard spray sprinkler assembly designed to protect its operating element from the spray of sprinklers installed at higher elevations. The assembly consists of a standard or large orifice upright or pendent sprinkler with an integral upright or pendent water shield and guard assembly. Use only those sprinklers that have been tested and listed for use with the assembly. Refer to the technical data page for allowable sprinkler models. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for use in the following occupancies: one- and two-family dwellings with the fire protection sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13D; residential occupancies up to four stories in height with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13R; and where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in resi- dential portions of any occupancy with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Page 3 of 3 N4 I Ki 7W74j] 111 i 9 SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Residential sprinklers have a unique distribution pattern and utilize a "fast response" heat sensitive operating element. They en- hance survivability in the room of fire origin and are designed to provide a life safety environment for a minimum of ten minutes. For this reason, residential sprinklers must not be used to replace standard sprinklers unless tested for and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In addition to standard markings, the unit is identified as "RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER" or "RES". 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s). 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. IMPORTANT. Always referto Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers and the appropriate sprin- klergeneral care, installation, and maintenance guide. Viking sprinklers areto be installed in accordancewiththe latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and alsowith the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, wheneverapplicable. The sprinkler technical data page may contain installation requirements specific for the sprinkler model selected. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 1 of 1 N4 I KJ REGULATORYAND HEALTH WARNINGS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Regulatory and Health Warnings applying to materials used in the manufacture and construction of fire protection products are provided herin as they relate to legally mandated jurisdictional regions. A WARNING STATE OF CALIFORNIA, USA Installing or servicing fire protection products such as sprinklers, valves, piping etc. can expose you to chemicals including, but not li- mited to, lead, nickel, butadiene, titaninum dioxide, chromium, carbon black, and acrylonitrile which are known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2. WARRANTY TERMS AND CONDITIONS For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule at www.vikinggroupinc.com or contact Viking directly. Form No. F 111218 18.11.15 Rev 18.1 New Bulletin ••••••000 *see- cosco ••••••' Fire Protection SECTION 3. HANGERS Threaded Accessories B3205 - Threaded Rod (right-hand threads - both ends) (TOLCO Fig.103) B3205L - Threaded Rod (right & left hand threads) Size Range: 3/8"-16 thru 3"-4 rod Material: Steel Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown. Also available with left and right hand threads - specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. Maximum Temperature: 750OF (399°C) Finish: Plain orElectro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish (DTC3L= TL Specify Length TL �\ A Thread Size i Standard Design Load Thread Size Thread Length TL 650°F (343°C) 750OF (399°C) Part No. A in. (mm) Lbs. (M) Lbs. (M) B3205-318x'L' 3/8%16 21/2" (63.5) 730 (3.25) 572 (2.54) B3205-1/2x'L' 1/2"-13 21/2" (63.5) 1350 (6.00) 1057 (4.70) B3205-5/8x'L' 5/8%11 21/2" (63.5) 2160 (9.61) 1692 (7.52) B3205-3/4x'L' 3/4"-10 3" (76.2) 3230 (14.37) 2530 (11.25) B3205-7/8x'L' 7/8"-9 31/2" (88.9) 4480 (19.93) 3508 (15.60) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. ATR - All Threaded Rod - 120" (3.05m) Lengths (TOLCO Fig.100) Fig. 99 - All Threaded Rod Cut To Length Size Range: 3/8"-16 thru 11/2"-6 rod in 120" lengths or cut to length Material: Steel Maximum Temperature: 750OF (399°C) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Part No. - Size x Length Threads Recommended Load Approx. Wt.1100 Ft. A I K rig. VU Per Inch Lbs. (M) Lbs. (kg) ATR 1/4" x 120 99-1/4" x length 20 240 (1.07) 12 (5.44) ATR 3/8" x 120 99-3/8" x length 16 730 (3.24) 29 (13.15) ATR 1/2" x 120 99-1/2" x length 13 1350 (6.00) 53 (24.04) ATR 5/8" x 120 99-5/8" x length 11 2160 (9.60) 89 (40.37) ATR 3/4" x 120 99-3/4" x length 10 3230 (14.37) 123 (55.79) ATR 7/8" x 120 99 718" x length 9 4480 (19.93) 170 (77.11) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. B-Line by U.T-N All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Revised 412812014 94 Fire Protection Solutions THREADED ROD PLAIN, ZINC, GALVANIZED & STAINLESS STEEL Threaded rods can be used in both anchoring and suspension applications. When used for suspension, they are threaded into an anchor in the ceiling and used to hang pipe, strut, HVAC ducts. Anchor rods are embedded in concrete to support structural steel and can be used with epoxy in existing concrete applications. Threaded rod is often used along with a nut and/or square plate washer when embedded in concrete to achieve required pull-out values. KEY BENEFITS PLAIN • Manufactured from low carbon steel • Metallic gray in appearance and in the 'as manufactured' state • A light residual coating of oil may remain ZINC PLATED • Manufactured from low carbon steel HOT DIP GALVANIZED • Hot dip galvanizing is a thick zinc coating offering more corrosion protection • Preferable for applications where exposed to the elements • Use with over -tapped galvanized nuts SPECIFICATIONS - ZINC PLATED 304 STAINLESS STEEL • Stainless steel is naturally corrosion and rust resistant making it the standard for outdoor applications 316 STAINLESS STEEL ■ 316 Stainless Steel has molybdenum added which is an alloy drastically enhancing corrosion resistance, especially for more saline or chloride exposed environments. Often used in marine applications The ASTM A307 specification covers carbon steel bolts and studs ranging from 1/4" through 4" diameter. This is your everyday, run of the mill bolt specification often manufactured using A36 round bar. There are three grades: A, B, and C*, which denote tensile strength, configu- ration, and application. Refer to the Mechanical Properties Chart for the subtle strength differences within each grade. www.allfasteners.com I Customer Service 800 577 3171 Doc:Th GRADES THREADED ROD PLAIN, ZINC, GALVANIZED & STAINLESS STEEL Headed bolts, threaded rods and bent bolts intended for general applications. Heavy hex bolts and studs intended for flanged joints in piping systems with cast iron flanges Nonheaded anchor bolts, either bent or straight, intended for structural anchorage purposes. The end of the grade C anchor bolt intended to project from the concrete will be painted green for identification purposes. Permanent marking is a supplemental requirement. *As of August 2007, Grade C has been replaced by specification F1554 Grade 36. We will continue supplying grade C, if required for the project. ZINC PLATED & HOT DIP GALVANIZED THREADED ROD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Grade Tensile, ksi Yield, min, ksi Elong %, min .1 min 18 .1 11 :1 36 23 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Carbon, Max 0.29% 0.29% Manganese, Max 1.20% 1.20% Phosphorus, Max 0.04% 0.04% Sulfur, Max 0.15% 0.15% PERFORMANCE DATA 1/4 - 20 0.12 240 210 3/8 - 16 0.29 610 540 1 /2 - 13 0.54 1130 1010 5/8 - 11 0.83 1810 1610 3/4 - 10 1.25 2710 2420 718 - 9 1.70 3770 3360 1 - 8 2.23 4960 4420 1-1/8-7 2.81 6230 5560 1-1/4-7 3.54 8000 7140 1-1/2-6 5.12 11630 10370 www.allfasteners.com I Customer Service 800 577 3171 Doc: Threaded Rod TDS I Version Date: 08/19/22 1 Page 2 of 7 THREADED ROD PLAIN, ZINC, GALVANIZED & STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD DIMENSIONAL DATA Functional Diameter ogo Appearance Specification ASTM F788-0: Test Method Requirements 182.73 - 184.08 6.12 - 6.32 5.41 - 5.49 Results 183.90 - 184.00 6.12 - 6.13 PASSED PASSED 1 /4-20 x Eft Test Qty 16 16 16 100 Pass 16 16 16 100 Requirements 182.58 - 184.08 9.26 - 9.49 8.35 - 8.46 Results 183.10 - 183.20 9.35 - 9.39 PASSED PASSED 3/8-16 x 6ft Test Qty 16 16 16 100 Pass 16 16 16 100 Requirements 182.58 - 184.08 12.39 - 12.66 11.27 Results 183.90 - 184.00 12.69 - 12.40 PASSED PASSED 1 /2-13 x 6ft Test Qty 8 8 8 100 Pass 8 8 8 100 Requirements 182.58 - 184.08 15.53 - 15.83 14.20 - 14.33 Results 183.90 - 184.00 15.53 - 15.54 PASSED PASSED 5/8-11 x 6ft Test Qty 8 8 8 100 Pass 8 8 8 100 Requirements 182.58 - 184.08 18.68 - 19.00 17.21 - 17.35 Results 183.90 - 184.00 18.68 - 18.69 PASSED PASSED 3/4-10 x 6ft Test Qty 8 8 8 100 Pass 8 8 8 100 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION % 1 /4-20 x 3Y445 4.5 38.0 189.0 28.0 1.7 804.0 1821.0 11.0 78.0 6ft 3/8-16 x K987 3.9 33.0 1 R, ?7 n 804.0 1838.0 13.0 75.0 6ft 1/ -13 x 3Y726 802.0 1807.0 11.0 74.0 5/8-11 x K635 3.3 802.0 1800.0 12.0 76.0 6ft 3/4-1 x 4A102 4.1 34.0 191.0 28.0 7.0 804.0 1841.0 13.0 76.0 www.allfasteners.com I Customer Service 800 577 3171 Doc: Threaded Rod TDS I Version Date: 08/19/22 1 Page 3 of 7 THREADED ROD PLAIN, ZINC, GALVANIZED & STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD CONTINUED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES �ASTM F606-1 Requirements 96 MAX 75 MIN 30 MIN 30 MIN 50 MIN Results 95 - 96 116.8 -122.5 85.0 - 85.7 30.5 - 33.6 50.3 - 53.2 1 /4-20 x 6ft Test Qty 8 3 3 3 3 Pass 8 3 3 3 3 Requirements 96 MAX 75 MIN 30 MIN 30 MIN 50 MIN Results 95 -96 114.6 - 116.7 80.8 - 81.7 30.2 - 33.5 50.4 - 53.7 3/8-16 x 6ft Test Qty 8 3 3 3 3 Pass 8 3 3 3 3 Requirements 96 MAX 75 MIN 30 MIN 30 MIN 50 MIN Results 95 - 96 110.2 - 111.2 77.2 - 77.9 30.5 - 33.7 50.3 - 53.2 1 /2-13 x 6ft Test Qty 8 2 2 2 2 Pass 8 2 2 2 2 Requirements 96 MAX 75 MIN 30 MIN 30 MIN 50 MIN Results 95 - 96 108.7 - 112.8 78.3 - 79.0 30.2 - 33.3 50.4 - 53.7 5/8-11 x 6ft Test Qty 8 2 2 2 2 Pass 8 2 2 2 2 Requirements 96 MAX 75 MIN 30 MIN 30 MIN 50 MIN Results 95 - 96 105.8 - 106.5 73.9 - 74.6 30.3 - 33.5 50.3 - 53.6 3/4-10 x 6ft Test Qty 8 2 2 2 2 Pass 8 2 2 2 2 www.allfasteners.com I Customer Service 800 577 3171 Doc:Th THREADED ROD PLAIN, ZINC, GALVANIZED & STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD DIMENSIONAL INSPECTIONS Characteristic Requirements =men Specification*' Test Method [Device"] (Sample •. Nominal Length (in.) 71.9400 - 72.4800 72.2835 - 72.3228 9 9 0 IFI 136-2002 [MTP] (18) Major Diameter (in.) 0.2408 - 0.2489 0.24606 - 0.24724 9 9 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [MCR] (18) 1 /4-20 x Eft Functional Dia. UNC 2A PASSED 9 9 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [TRG] (18) Visual Appearance PASSED 11 11 0 ASTM F788-13 (18) Nominal Length (in.) 71.8800 - 72.4800 72.2441 - 72.2835 6 6 0 IFI 136-2002 [MTP] (18) Major Diameter (in.) 0.3643 - 0.3737 0.36811 - 0.36929 6 6 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [MCR] (18) 3/8-16 x 6ft Functional Dia. UNC 2A PASSED 6 6 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [TRG] (18) Visual Appearance PASSED 7 7 0 ASTM F788-13 (18) Nominal Length (in.) 71.8800 - 72.4800 72.2441 - 72.2835 5 5 0 IFI 136-2002 [MTP] (18) Major Diameter (in.) 0.4876 - 0.4985 0.49409 - 0.49528 5 5 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [MCR] (18) 1/2-13 x 6ft Functional Dia. UNC 2A PASSED 5 5 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [TRG] (18) Visual Appearance PASSED 6 6 0 ASTM F788-13 (18) Nominal Length (in.) 71.8800 - 72.4800 72.2835 - 72.3228 4 4 0 IFI 136-2002 [MTP] (18) Major Diameter (in.) 0.6112 - 0.6233 0.61417 - 0.61614 4 4 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [MCR] (18) 5/8-11 x 6ft Functional Dia. UNC 2A PASSED 4 4 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [TRG] (18) Visual Appearance PASSED 5 5 0 ASTM F788-13 (18) Nominal Length (in.) 71.8800 - 72.4800 72.2441 - 72.2835 4 4 0 IFI 136-2002 [MTP] (18) Major Diameter (in.) 0.7353 - 0.7482 0.74213 - 0.74409 4 4 0 ASME 61.1-2003 [MCR] (18) 3/4-10 x 6ft Functional Dia. UNC 2A PASSED 4 4 0 ASME 131.1-2003 [TRG] (18) Visual Appearance PASSED 5 5 0 ASTM F788-13 (18) Notes: '1: Additional explanation: N/A. `2: Device: [Mcr] Micrometer; [Mtm] Material Testing Machine; [Mtp] Measuring Tape; [Rht] Rockwell Hardness Tester; [rrg] Thread Ring Gauge. `3: Sample Plan: (14) ASTM F1470-2012 MECHANICAL TEST (18) ASME B18.18-2017 CATEGORY 2. www.allfasteners.com I Customer Service 800 577 3171 Doc:Th Notes on Page 7. THREADED ROD PLAIN, ZINC, GALVANIZED & STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD CONTINUED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Characteristic Requirements �Mwn Test Method [Device*] (Sample Plan*3) Core Hardness'4(HRBW) MAX 96 95 - 96 9 9 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [RHT] (14) Tensile Strength (KSI) MIN 75.0 118.9 - 125.1 3 3 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) 1/4-20 x 6ft Yield Strength (0.2% offset) (KSI) MIN 30.0 86.8 - 87.5 3 3 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) Elongation (%) MIN 30.0 30.6 - 33.5 3 3 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Reduction of Area (%) MIN 50.0 50.2 - 53.8 3 3 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Core Hardness*4(HRBW) MAX 96 95 - 96 6 6 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [RHT] (14) Tensile Strength (KSI) MIN 75.0 113.4 - 116.8 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) 3/8-16 x 6ft Yield Strength (0.2% offset) (KSI) MIN 30.0 80.8 - 81.7 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) Elongation (%) MIN 30.0 30.1 - 33.4 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Reduction of Area (%) MIN 50.0 50.2 - 53.6 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Core Hardness (HRBW) MAX 96 95 - 96 5 5 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [RHT] (14) Tensile Strength (KSI) MIN 75.0 110.5 - 111.9 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) 1 /2-13 x 6ft Yield Strength (0.2% offset) (KSI) MIN 30.0 77.7 - 78.3 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) Elongation (%) MIN 30.0 30.4 - 33.5 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Reduction of Area (%) MIN 50.0 50.4 - 53.2 2 2 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Core Hardness (HRBW) MAX 96 95 - 96 4 4 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [RHT] (14) Tensile Strength (KSI) MIN 75.0 108.7 - 113.0 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) 5/8-11 x 6ft Yield Strength (0.2% offset) (KSI) MIN 30.0 78.4 - 79.1 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) Elongation (%) MIN 30.0 78.4 - 79.1 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Reduction of Area (%) MIN 50.0 50.2 - 53.6 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Core Hardness (HRBW) MAX 96 95 - 96 4 4 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [RHT] (14) Tensile Strength (KSI) MIN 75.0 105.8 - 106.7 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) 3/4-10 x 6ft Yield Strength (0.2% offset) (KSI) MIN 30.0 74.0 - 74.7 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 [MTM] (14) Elongation (%) MIN 30.0 30.1 - 33.4 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Reduction of Area (%) MIN 50.0 50.2 - 53.6 1 1 0 ASTM F606/F606M-16 (14) Notes: *1: Additional explanation: N/A. *2: Device: [Mcr] Micrometer; [Mtm] Material Testing Machine; [Mtp] Measuring Tape; [Rht] Rockwell Hardness Tester; [Trg] Thread Ring Gauge. *3: Sample Plan: (14) ASTM F1470-2012 MECHANICAL TEST (18) ASME B18.18-2017 CATEGORY 2. www.allfasteners.com I Customer Service 800 577 3171 Doc:Th Notes on Page 7. THREADED ROD PLAIN, ZINC, GALVANIZED & STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD CONTINUED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION 1/4-20 x 6ft 5C434 Taiwan 4.3 32 117 30 5.4 1004 1626 205 25 305 3/8-16 x 6ft 4Z345 Taiwan 3.6 31 124 29 4.1 1002 1639 204 25 278 1/2-13 x 6ft 513300 Taiwan 4.0 32 121 25 3.9 1004 1628 204 24 359 5/8-11 x 6ft 5C470 Taiwan 4.8 38 121 24 6.0 1004 1614 202 24 359 3/4-10 x 6ft 51`921 Taiwan 3.9 28 123 29 1.8 1000 1631 202 28 261 ORDERING INFORMATION PLAIN .A. QUANTITY QUANTITY PALL 2TRU38166 3/8-16 x 6ft 25 / TUBE 1250 / PALLET 304 STAINLESS STEEL .A. QUANTITY QUANTITY PALL 2TRS214206 1 /4-20 x 6ft 50 / TUBE 2500 / PALLET 2TRU12136 1 /2-13 x 6ft 12 / TUBE 600 / PALLET 2TRS238166 3/8-16 x 6ft 25 / TUBE 1250 / PALLET 2TRU58116 5/8-11 x 6ft 8 / TUBE 400 / PALLET 2TRS212136 1 /2-13 x 6ft 12 / TUBE 600 / PALLET 2TRU34106 3/4-10 x 6ft 5 / TUBE 250 / PALLET 2TRS258116 5/8-11 x 6ft 8/TUBE 400 / PALLET 2TRU01086 1-8 x 6ft 2/TUBE 100 / PALLET 2TRS234106 3/4-10 x 6ft 5 / TUBE 250 / PALLET ZINC PLATED 316 STAINLESS STEEL PART # SIZE QUANTITY / TUBE QUANTITY / PALLET PART # SIZE QUANTITY /TUBE QUANTITY / PALLET 2TRZ14206 1 /4-20 x 6ft 50 / TUBE 2500 / PALLET 2TRS414206 1 /4-20 x 6ft 50 / TUBE 2500 / PALLET 2TRZ56186 5/16-18 x 6ft 35 / TUBE 1750 / PALLET 2TRS438166 3/8-16 x 6ft 25 / TUBE 1250 / PALLET 2TRZ38166 3/8-16 x 6ft 25 / TUBE 1250 / PALLET 2TRS412136 1 /2-13 x 6ft 12 / TUBE 600 / PALLET 2TRZ381610 3/8-16 x 1 Oft 25 / TUBE 625 / PALLET 2TRS458116 5/8-11 x 6ft 8/TUBE 400 / PALLET 2TRZ12136 1 /2-13 x 6ft 12 / TUBE 600 / PALLET 2TRS434106 3/4-10 x 6ft 5 / TUBE 250 / PALLET 2TRZ58116 5/8-11 x 6ft 8 / TUBE 400 / PALLET 2TRZ34106 3/4-10 x 6ft 5 /TUBE 250 / PALLET HOT DIP GALVANIZED 2TRZ78096 7/8-9 x 6ft 4 / TUBE 200 / PALLET PART # SIZE QUANTITY / TUBE QUANTITY / PALLET 2TRZO1086 1-8 x 6ft 2 / TUBE 100 / PALLET 2TRG38166 3/8-16 x 6ft 25 / TUBE 1250 / PALLET 2TRG12136 1 /2-13 x 6ft 12 / TUBE 600 / PALLET 2TRG58116 5/8-11 x 6ft 8 / TUBE 400 / PALLET 2TRG34106 3/4-10 x 6ft 5 / TUBE 250 / PALLET www.allfasteners.com I Customer Service 800 577 3171 Doc: Thread Fig. 2 — Adjustable Band Hanger Size Range — Size 2'/2" thru 6" pipe. Material — Carbon Steel, Pre -Galvanized Function — Recommended for the suspension of non -insulated pipe or insulated pipe with Fig. 220 shield. Fig. 2NFPA accommodates the reduced rod schedule of the National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet 13. Approvals — Factory Mutual Engineering approved. Underwriters Laboratories Listed. Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-171 E, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69, Type 10. Finish — Pre -Galvanized Note — Available in Stainless Steel materials. Order By — Figure number, pipe size and material Dimensions • Weights Pipe Max. Rec. Approx. Size Rod Size A B C Load Lbs. Wt./100 2'/2 1/2* 53/4 41/4 15/8 600 41 3 1/2* 6 41/8 11/4 600 45 3'/2 1/2* 73/8 51/4 21/8 600 52 4 5/8* 73/8 5 15/8 1000 59 5 5/8** 9 61/8 21/4 1250 97 6 3/4** 93/8 61/2 17/8 1250 139 I; UL us UMD OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Pipe Hangers B317OCT - Adjustable Swivel Hanger for Copper Tubing B317OCTC - Adjustable Swivel Hanger for Copper Tubing - Plastic Coated Size Range: 1/2" (15mm) thru 6" (150mm) copper tubing Material: Steel Function: Recommended for the suspension of g copper tubing, allowing for vertical adjustment. Center of pipe to top of (Available with plastic coating to provide additional knurled hanger rod nut. separation between tubing and hanger.) C Approvals: Conforms to Federal Specification Rod Take -Out WW-H-171 E & A-A-1192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Center of pipe to bottom Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, of hanger rod. Type 10. 0 Standard Finish: DURA-COPPERY"" Top of pipe to bottom of hanger rod nut. Order By: Part number and finish. Part No. Nominal Pipe Size Rod Size A B in. (mm) in. C (mm) D in. (mm) B3170CT-1/2 1/2" (15) 3/8"-16 21/16" (52.4) 11/8" (28.6) 31/32" (24.6) B3170CT-3/4 3/4" (20) 3/8"-16 25/16" (58.7) 15/16" (33.3) 11/32" (26.2) B3170CT-1 1" (25) 3/8"-16 21/2" (63.5) 19/16" (39.7) 15/32" (29.3) B3170CT-11/4 11/4" (32) 3/8"-16 21/2" (63.5) 19/16" (39.7) 1" (25.4) B3170CT-11/2 11/2" (40) 3/8"-16 215/16" (74.6) 2" (50.8) 15/16" (33.3) B3170CT-2 2" (50) 3/8"-16 31/8" (79.4) 21/8" (54.0) 13/16" (30.2) B3170CT-21/2 21/2" (65) 1/2"-13 41/16" (103.2) 29/16" (65.1) 13/8" (34.9) B3170CT-3 3" (75) 1/2%13 315/16" (100.0) 33/4" (95.2) 11/4" (31.7) B3170CT-31/2 31/2" (90) 1/2"-13 47/16" (112.7) 31/4" (82.5) 11/2" (38.1) B3170CT-4 4" (100) 1/2%13 411/16" (119.1) 39/16" (89.6) 19/16" (39.7) B3170CT-5 5" (125) 1/2"-13 515/16" (150.8) 45/16" (109.5) 125/32" (45.2) B3170CT-6 6" (150) 1/2%13 611/16" (169.9) 53/16" (131.8) 21/8" (54.0) Max. Rec. Load Approx. Wt./100 Part No. Ibs. (M) Ibs. (kg) B3170CT-1/2 180 (0.80) 8 (6.6) B3170CT-3/4 180 (0.80) 10 (4.5) B3170CT-1 180 (0.80) 10 (4.5) B3170CT-11/4 180 (0.80) 12 (5.4) B3170CT-11/2 180 (0.80) 12 (5.4) B3170CT-2 180 (0.80) 12 (5.4) B3170CT-21/2 200 (0.89) 31 (24.0) B3170CT-3 250 (1.11) 33 (14.9) B3170CT-31/2 300 (1.33) 39 (17.2) B3170CT B3170CT-4 360 (1.60) 40 (18.1) B3170CT-5 480 (2.13) 95 (43.1) B3170CT-6 630 (2.80) 118 (53.5) A (Rod Size) er Rod cluded B3170CTC All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 60 B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports HDI-P TZ FLUSH ANCHORS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HDI-P TZ Flush anchors Anchor System INSTALLATION PARAMETERS Table 7 — HDI-P TZ Specifications Features and Benefits Flush anchor anchor with optimized length for reliable fastenings in post -tensioned cable Carbon steel concrete slabs HDI-P TZ Suitable for uncracked and cracked concrete including seismic areas Productive installation with HDI-P TZ automatic setting tool with hammer drill Auto -setting tool Used with Hilti Dust Removal System (DRS) for HDI-P TZ compliance with Table 1 of OSHA 1926.1153 regulations for silica dust exposure Shallow drilling for fast installations Easy installation with Auto Setting Tool Lip provides flush installation, consistent anchor Hand -setting tool depth, and easy rod alignment HDI-P TZ Auto Setting Tool includes stop drill bit and setting tool, no tool change necessary Nominal anchor size / internal Setting information Symbol Unit thread dia. (in) 3/8 Nominal bit diameter db„ in. 9/16 Threaded rod diameter drod in. 3/8 Minimum base material thickness h_ in. 1-3/8 Anchor length C in. 3/4 (mm) (19.1) Hole depth in base material ho in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Minimum anchor spacing sm,n in. 8 Minimum edge distance Cm in. 8 1 The Admissible Anchor Location must be established to prevent damage to the prestressed cable during the drilling process. Verify the location and height of the cable with the hollow core plank supplier to confirm Admissible Anchor Location. 2 Minimum compressive strength of hollow core panels is 7,000 psi at the time of installation. The minimum thickness h_ is 1-3/8 inches. Figure 4 — Installation HDI-P TZ in hollow core concrete panels 8 August 2019 Hilti Anchors for attachments to Hollow Core Concrete Panels DESIGN INFORMATION Table 8 — Hilti HDI-P TZ loads in hollow core concrete panels' 2 Nominal Anchor Diameter Length in. (mm) Nominal Bit Diameter Allowable loads, lb (kN)3 Ultimate loads lb (kN) Tension Shear Tension Shea 0 (inches) in. 3/8 3/4 (19.1) 9/16 475 (2.1) 700 (3.1) 1,900 (8.5) 2,800 (12.5) 1 The admissable anchor location must be established to prevent damage to the prestressed cable during the drilling process. Verify the location and height of the cable with the hollow core plank supplier to confirm admissable anchor location. 2 Minimum compressive strength of prestressed concrete is 7,000 psi. Published results represent the average results conducted in local base materials. Due to variations in materials and dimensional configurations, on -site testing is required to determine the actual performance. 3 Allowable loads calculated with a factor of safety of 4. ORDERING INFORMATION HDI-P TZ anchor Description Bit diameter (inches) Qty/box HDI-P TZ 3/8" 9/16 100 Setting tools for HDI-P TZ anchors Description Auto setting tool HDI-P TZ 3/8" Setting tool HST HDI-P TZ 3/8"x20 August 2019 9 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR PRODUCT DESCRIPTION KWIK HUS EZ carbon steel anchors Anchor System Features and Benefits OSHA Table 1926.1153 Table 1 complaint installation when installed with Hilti vacuum and DRS system or Hilti SafeSetTA° hollow drill Carbon Steel bit technology 1 1/4" and 3/8" Easy installation using impact tool or torque wrench Product and length identification marks helps facilitate quality control after installation Through fixture installation improves Carbon Steel productivity and more accurate installation. 1/4" KH-EZ P, Thread design helps enable quality setting and exceptional load values in wide variety of �- base material strengths. 1/4" diameter available in hex head countersunk head and pan head styles. Anchor is fully removable. Carbon Steel KH EZ Anchor diameter is same as drill bit diameter. 1/4"-3/411 No special diameter bit required. Suitable for reduced edge distances and spacing. Corrosion resistant coating allows for use in outdoor moderate corrosive environments Carbon Steel (KH-EZ CRC only). KH-EZ CRC 3/811-3/4" Installation process allows for adjustability. O SAFE -`ET Uncracked Cracked Grout -filled Hollowcore Seismic Design SafeSetTM System Profis Anchor design concrete concrete concrete masonry concrete Categories A-F with Hollow Drill Bit software Approvals/Listings IMES (International Code Council) ESR-3027 in concrete per ACI 318 Ch. 17 /ACI 355.2/ ICC-ES AC193 ESR-3056 in grout -filled CMU per ICC-ES AC106 City of Los Angeles City of Los Angeles 2020 LABC Supplement (within ESR-3027 and ESR-3056) Florida Building Code 2020 FBC w/ HVHZ (within ESR-3027 and ESR-3056) FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E ANSI/MSS SP-58-2018 Anchors conform to ANSI/MSSP-58-2018. Contact Hilti for more information. ICC LA DBS U.K.-Es 01 9U11.1N. RN0 -.1 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 331 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-80001 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Heat treated carbon steel with a minimum zinc coating of 0.0003 inch (8 um) thick in accordance with DIN EN ISO 4042. KH-EZ CRC has mechanically deposited zinc coating with a minimum thickness of 0.0021 inch (53 um) in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55. INSTALLATION PARAMETERS Table 1 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC specifications Nominal anchor diameter Setting 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 information Symbol Units Head style and coating Hex, P, PM, PL, HexC head , Hex, C head Hex head Hex head Hex head C head (Including CRC) (Including CRC) (Including CRC) (Including CRC) Nominal bit diameter dbe in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Minimum nominal h in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 4 5 4 6-1/4 embedment nom Minimum effective he, in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84 embedment Minimum hole depth h in. 2 1 2-7/8 1-7/8 2-3/8 1 2-3/4 1 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/8 4-5/8 3-5/8 4-3/8 5-3/8 4-3/8 1 6-5/8 Minimum fixture hole d, in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 diameter Anchor Length = h + t P See ordering information Installation torque concrete' Tin. ft-lb 18 19 40 45 85 95Tin. (Nm) (24) (26) (54) (61) (115) (129) Maximum impact wrench T�mpact,— ft-lb 157 157 450 137 450 590 590 torque rating concrete (Nm) (213) (213) (610) (186) (610) (800) (800) Installation torque masonry ft-lb 21 22 34 38 70 KH-EZ (P, PM, PL, C)' Tins, (Nm) (28) (30) (46) (52) (95) Installation torque ft-lb 20 25 35 45 masonry for Tins, (Nm) (27) (34) (48) (61) KH-EZ CRC' Maximum impact wrench torque rating masonry for Timpe ft-lb 114 114 332 332 332 332 KH-EZ l,m. (Nm) (155) (155) (450) (450) (450) (450) (P, PM, PL, C)2.3 Maximum impact wrench ft-lb 100 100 332 332 torque rating masonry for Tmpa�,, (Nm) (136) (136) (450) (450) KH-EZ CRC2,3 Wrench size in. 7/16 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1 T,�g, is the maximum installation torque that may be applied with a torque wrench. 2 Because of variability in measurement procedures, the published torque of an impact tool may not correlate properly with the above setting torques. Over torquing can damage the base material, anchor and/or reduce its holding capacity. 3 For more information on KH-EZ installed in masonry, see ESR-3056 and Design Information for Masonry in this section. 4 Maximum installation torque in concrete for 3/4-in diameter KH-EZ CRC is 95 ft-lbs. (115 Nm). DESIGN INFORMATION IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318 ACI 318 Chapter 17 design The load values contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load tables in this section were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-3027 and the equations within ACI 318 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8 of the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 (PTG Ed. 21). Data tables from ESR-3027 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.hilti.com. 332 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Table 2 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design Strength with concrete / pullout failure in uncracked concrete' 2,3,4 Nominal Nominal Tension - (PNn Shear - On anchor Embed. f = 2,500 psi f = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f' = 6,000 psi f = 2,500 psi f = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f = 6,000 psi diameter Depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. (mm) in. (mm) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) 1-5/8 585 620 675 765 1,075 1,180 1,360 1,670 1/4 41 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.4 4.8 5.2 6.0 7.4 (6.4) 2-1/2 1,525 1,670 1,930 2,365 2,235 2,450 2,825 3,460 64 6.8 7.4 8.6 10.5 9.9 10.9 12.6 15.4 1-5/8 910 1,000 1,155 1,415 980 1,075 1,245 1,520 41 4.0 4.4 5.1 6.3 4.4 4.8 5.5 6.8 2-1/8 1,490 1,635 1,885 2,310 1,605 1,760 2,030 2,485 3/8 54 6.6 7.3 8.4 10.3 7.1 .8 9.0 11.1 (9.5) 2-1/2 1,980 2,165 2,505 3,065 2,130 2,335 2,695 3,300 64 8.8 9.6 11.1 13.6 9.5 10.4 12.0 14.7 3-1/4 3,085 3,375 3,900 4,775 6,640 7,275 8,400 10,290 83 13.7 15.0 17.3 21.2 29.5 32.4 37.4 45.8 2-1/4 1,645 1,800 2,080 2,550 1,770 1,940 2,240 2,745 57 .3 8.0 9.3 11.3 7.9 8.6 10.0 12.2 1/2 3 2,785 E3,050 3,525 4,315 3,000 3,285 3,795 4,645 (12.7) 76 12.4 13.6 15.7 19.2 13.3 14.6 16.9 20.7 4-1/4 5,070 5,555 6,415 7,855 10,920 11,965 13,815 16,920 108 22.6 24. 28.5 34.9 48.6 53.2 61.5 75.3 3-1/4 3,240 3,550 4,100 5,025 3,490 3,825 4,415 5,410 83 14.4 15.8 18.2 22.4 15.5 17.0 19.6 24.1 5/8 4 4,630 5,070 5,855 7,170 9,970 10,920 12,610 15,445 (15.9) 102 20.6 22.6E5,540 31.9 44.3 48.6 56.1 68.7 5 6,705 7,345 10,390 14,445 15,825 18,270 22,380 127 29.8 32.7 46.2 64.3 70.4 81.3 99.6 4 4,380 4,795 6,785 9,430 10,330 11,930 14,610 3/4 102 19.5 21.3 30.2 41.9 45.9 53.1 65.0(19.1) 6-1/4 9,345 10,235 14,475 20,125 22,045 25,455 31,175 159 41.6 45.5 64.4 89.5 98.1 113.2 138.7 Table 3 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design Strength with concrete / pullout failure in cracked concrete' 2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - (pNn Shear - On anchor Nominal f'� = 2,500 psi ,000 psi f'. = 6,000 psi f'� = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi diameter embed. (17.2 MPa) MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. (mm) in. (mm) Ib (kN) "830960 (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) 1-5/8 300 45 390 765 835 965 1,180 1/4 41 1.3 1.5 1.7 3.4 3.7 4.3 5.2 (6.4) 2-1/2 760 60 1,175 1,585 1,735 2,000 2,450 64 3.4 3. 4.3 5.2 7.1 .7 8.9 10.9 1-5/8 475 520 600 730 695 760 880 1,080 41 2.1 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.1 3.4 3.9 4.8 2-1/8 1,055 1,155 1,335 1,635 1,135 1,245 1,440 1,760 3/8 54 4.7 5.1 5.9 7.3 5.0 5.5 6.4 .8 (9.5) 2-1/2 1,400 1,535 1,775 2,170 1,510 1,655 1,910 2,340 64 6.2 6.8 7.9 9.7 6.7 7.4 8.5 10.4 3-1/4 2,185 2,390 2,765 3,385 4,705 5,155 5,950 7,285 83 9.7 10.6 12.3 15.1 20.9 22.9 26.5 32.4 2-1/4 1,035 1,135 1,310 1,605 1,115 1,220 1,410 1,725 57 4.6 5.0 5.8 7.1 5.0 5.4 6.3 .7 1/2 3 1,755 1,920 2,220 2,715 1,890 2,070 2,390 2,925 (12.7) 76 7.8 8.5 9.9 12.1 8.4 9.2 10.6 13.0 4-1/4 3,190 3,495 4,040 4,945 6,875 7,530 8,695 10,650 108 14.2 15.5 18.0 22.0 30.6 33.5 38. 47.4 3-1/4 2,040 2,235 2,580 3,165 2,200 2,410 2,780 3,405 83 9.1 9.9 11.5 14.1 9.8 10.7 12.4 15.1 5/8 4 3,140 3,510 3,845 4,515 6,760 7,560 8,280 9,725 (15.9) 102 14.0 15.6 17.1 20.1 30.1 33.6 36.8 43.3 5 4,225 4,625 5,340 6,540 9,095 9,965 11,505 14,090 127 18.8 20.6 23.8 29.1 40.5 44.3 51.2 62.7 4 2,755 3,020 3,485 4,270 5,940 6,505 7,510 9,200 3/4 102 12.3 13.4 15.5 19.0 26.4 28.9 33.4 40.9 (19.1) 6-1/4 5,885 6,445 7,440 9,115 12,670 13,880 16,030 19,630 159 26.2 28.7 33.1 40.5 56.4 61. 71.3 87.3 1 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in Tables 6 through 15 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in Table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: For sand -lightweight, Aa = 0.68. For all -lightweight, Aa = 0.60. 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - aN,_ = 0.60 All other sizes - % ,, = 0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 333 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 4 - Steel design strength for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC anchors',' Seismic Anchor Nominal Tensile a Shear ^ shear s diameter embedment depth ,pNsa V. (PV�.ea in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3,945 930 835 (6.4) (41) (64) (17.5) (4.1) (3.7) 1-5/8 2-1/8 5,980 2,200 2,200 3/8 (41) (54) (26.6) (9.8) (9.8) (9.5) 2-1/2 3-1/4 6,720 3,110 1,865 (64) (83) (29.9) (13.8) (8.3) 1/2 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 11,780 5,545 3,330 (12.7) (57) (76) (108) (52.4) (24.7) (14.8) 5/8 3-1/4 4 5 15,735 6,735 4,040 (15.9) (83) (102) (127) (70.0) (30.0) (18.0) 3/4 4 6-1/4 20,810 9,995 6,935 (19.1) (102) (159) (92.6) (44.5) (30.8) 1 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KH-EZ anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile cpN,, = (p ASe,,, f.a as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with (pVsa < (p 0.60 Ase,V futa as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with pV.. <_ (P 0.60 A:., t,a as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 2 Anchors not permitted f� in shaded area Case 2 E Case 1 Concrete Edge For a specific edge distance, the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: + (Smin,1 - Smin) S - Smin,2 �C _ C (C - Cmin,2) min,1 min,'� o in., at smin,, co Q N Sd.ign ------------------------- c at s min,z min,2 Table 5 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC specifications' Cdesign edge distance c Setting information Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Effective minimum embedment hef in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84 Minimum member thickness In min in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 3-1/4 3-2/3 4 4-7/8 4-1/2 4-3/4 6-3/4 5 6 7 6 8-1/8 Case 1 omin., in. 1.50 1.75 for smin,, >- in. 3 4 Case 2 Cmin,2 in. 2 1 2.78 2.63 1 2.75 2.92 1 3.75 1.75 3.63 1 4.57 5.81 1 4.41 1 7.28 for smin,2 >- in. 1.50 2.25 3 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where Cm, , < c < cm1n z will determine the permissible spacings. 334 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espahol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Table 6 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ C in uncracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac- 1/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' uncracked concrete J AN + fRN f nv f Rv f Rv f Hv in. 1 5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 Embedment Inn- (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.78 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.78 0.42 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.33 1.00 0.65 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.86 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 0 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.88 n/a 0 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.92 0.98 n/a E a� 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.84 o N 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 5-1/2 (140) 1 0.98 1 0.83 0.72 0.93 a c 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.97 m 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 cn 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 10 (254) 0.89 11 (279) 0.93 12 (305) 0.97 14 (356) 1.00 Table 7 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ C in cracked concrete''2 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac- 1/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' cracked concrete l AN f RN f nv f Rv f Rv f Hv in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 Embedment In - (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.88 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.80 0.43 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.62 0.33 1.00 0.66 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 0 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 1 0.68 1 0.89 1 n/a 0 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.93 0.98 n/a E m 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.85 5 a 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 co ro 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 o c 0 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 1 0.98 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 c 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 c4 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 10 (254) 0.90 11 (279) 0.94 12 (305) 0.98 14 (356) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilt! PROFS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f Av, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAv = f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f Nv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Hv = 1.0. I� If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 335 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 an espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 8 - Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked 1,2 Edge distance in shear II to and away 3/8-in. KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor uncracked in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear 4 concrete fAN fRN fAv J`W fW fHV Embedment in- 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 h (mm) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) 1-1/2 (38) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.58 0.62 0.63 0.57 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.49 0.32 0.25 0.08 0.58 0.62 0.50 0.17 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.76 0.75 0.75 0.66 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.75 0.49 0.38 0.13 0.76 0.75 0.75 0.26 n/a n/a n/a n/a E 2-1/4 (57) 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.86 0.82 0.81 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.55 0.90 0.59 0.46 0.16 0.90 0.82 0.81 0.31 n/a n/a n/a n/a c 2-1/2 (64) 0.88 0.77 0.72 0.67 0.95 0.91 0.88 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.61 0.55 1.00 0.69 0.54 0.18 1.00 0.91 0.88 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.95 0.82 0.77 0.70 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.71 0.66 0.63 0.56 0.90 0.71 0.24 1.00 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.99 0.85 0.79 0.72 0.90 0.72 0.67 0.64 0.57 1.00 0.80 0.27 0.54 0.95 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 1.00 0.88 0.81 0.73 0.95 0.74 0.68 0.65 0.58 0.89 0.30 0.61 0.98 n/a n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.93 0.86 0.77 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.68 0.59 1.00 0.37 0.74 1.00 0.91 0.84 n/a Y 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.90 0.80 0.81 0.73 0.70 0.60 0.44 0.88 0.89 n/a 2 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.93 0.82 0.83 0.75 0.71 0.60 0.48 0.96 0.91 0.639 c 5 (127) 0.95 0.83 0.84 0.76 0.72 0.61 0.52 1.00 0.94 0.655 6 (152) 1.00 0.90 0.91 0.81 0.76 0.63 0.68 1.00 0.718 0 7 (178) 1 0.97 0.98 0.86 0.81 0.65 0.86 1 1 1 0.775 8 (203) 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.829 m 9 (229) 0.97 0.90 0.69 0.879 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.71 0.927 11 (279) 0.98 0.74 0.972 12 (305) 1.00 0.76 1.000 14 (356) 0.80 m 16 (406) 0.84 0 18 (457) 0.89 rn 20 (508) 0.93 24 610 1.000 Table 9 - Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in cracked 1,2 Edge distance in shear II to and away 3/8-in. KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor cracked in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear' concrete fAN fRN fAV fRV fRV fHV Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 h (mm) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) (41) (54) (64) (83) 1-1/2 (38) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.92 0.74 0.66 0.57 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.49 0.32 0.25 0.09 0.92 0.64 0.50 0.17 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a n/a 1.00 0.90 0.79 0.66 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.76 0.50 0.39 0.13 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.26 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 (57) 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.65 1.00 0.98 0.85 0.70 0.66 0.62 0.60 0.55 0.90 0.59 0.46 0.16 1.00 0.98 0.85 0.31 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.88 0.77 0.72 0.67 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.61 0.55 1.00 0.69 0.54 0.18 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.95 0.82 0.77 0.70 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.71 0.66 0.63 0.56 1.00 0.91 0.71 0.24 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a n/a = 3-1/4 (83) 0.99 0.85 0.79 0.72 0.90 0.73 0.67 0.64 0.57 1.00 0.80 0.27 0.55 0.95 n/a n/a n/a w 3-1/2 (89) 1.00 0.88 0.81 0.73 0.95 0.74 0.68 1 0.65 0.58 1 0.90 0.31 0.61 0.98 n/a n/a n/a Y U 4 (102) 0.93 0.86 0.77 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.68 0.59 1.00 0.37 0.75 1.00 0.91 0.84 n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.90 0.80 0.81 0.73 0.70 0.60 0.44 0.89 0.97 0.89 n/a 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.93 0.82 0.83 0.75 0.71 0.60 0.48 0.97 1.00 0.92 0.64 c 5 (127) 0.95 0.83 0.85 0.76 0.72 0.61 0.52 1.00 0.94 0.66 6 (152) 1.00 0.90 0.92 0.81 0.77 0.63 0.69 1.00 0.72 o" 7 (178) 0.97 0.98 0.87 0.81 1 0.65 0.86 0.78 8 (203) 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.83 0 9 (229) 0.97 0.90 0.69 0.88 N a 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.72 0.93 11 (279) 0.99 0.74 0.97 12 (305) 1.00 0.76 1.00 14 (356) 0.80 16 (406) 0.85 Q 18 (457) 0.89 20 (508) 0.93 24 (610)1 1 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAv = fAN- 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f Hv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fHV = 1.0. 0 If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 336 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espahol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Table 10 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked concrete',' Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor 1/2-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear' uncracked concrete fAN fRN fAv fW fW fHV in. Embedment h 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 am (mm) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.68 0.57 0.51 n/a n/a n/a 0.40 0.25 0.07 0.68 0.50 0.15 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 0.54 n/a n/a n/a 0.48 0.31 0.09 0.75 0.61 0.18 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 0.91 0.71 0.60 n/a n/a n/a 0.68 0.43 0.13 0.91 0.71 0.25 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.83 0.73 0.66 1.00 0.81 0.66 0.65 0.61 0.55 0.89 0.56 0.17 1.00 0.81 0.33 n/a n/a n/a g 3-1/2 (89) 0.88 0.77 0.68 0.93 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.56 1.00 0.71 0.21 0.93 0.42 n/a n/a n/a y 4 (102) 0.94 0.81 0.71 1.00 0.80 0.71 0.65 0.57 0.87 0.26 1.00 0.52 n/a n/a n/a s 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.85 1 0.73 0.87 0.73 0.67 0.58 1.00 0.31 0.62 0.96 n/a n/a t 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.87 0.75 0.91 0.74 0.68 0.58 0.33 0.67 0.99 0.85 n/a 1� 5 (127) 0.89 0.76 0.95 0.76 0.69 0.58 0.36 0.72 1.00 0.87 n/a 6 (152) 0.96 0.81 1.00 0.81 0.73 0.60 0.47 0.95 0.95 n/a 0 6-3/4 (171) 1.00 0.85 0.85 0.76 0.61 0.57 1.00 1.00 0.68 7 (178) 1 0.86 0.86 0.77 0.62 0.60 0.69 8 (203) 0.91 0.91 0.80 0.64 0.73 0.73 9 (229) 1 0.97 0.96 0.84 0.65 0.87 0.78 10 (254) 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.67 1.00 0.82 11 (279) 0.92 0.69 0.86 12 (305) 0.95 0.70 0.90 V 14 (356) 1.00 0.74 0.97 16 (406) 0.77 1.00 18 (457) 0.80 cn 20 (508) 0.84 > 24 (610) 0.91 Table 11 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor 1/2-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear' cracked concrete fAN fRN fnv fav fRv fHv in. Embedment h 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 (mm) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (1, (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.82 0.66 0.55 n/a n/a n/a 0.45 0.28 0.08 0.82 0.57 0.17 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.90 0.72 0.58 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 0.35 0.10 0.90 0.70 0.21 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 1.00 0.83 0.65 n/a n/a n/a 0.77 0.49 0.14 1.00 0.83 0.29 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.83 0.73 0.66 1.00 0.94 0.72 0.67 0.62 0.56 1.00 0.64 0.19 1.00 0.94 0.38 n/a n/a n/a g 3-1/2 (89) 0.88 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.70 0.64 0.56 0.80 0.24 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a N 4 (102) 0.94 0.81 0.71 1.00 0.87 0.72 0.66 0.57 0.98 0.29 1.00 0.59 n/a n/a n/a Y 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.85 0.73 0.95 0.75 0.69 0.58 1.00 0.35 0.70 1.00 n/a n/a s 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.87 0.75 0.99 0.77 0.70 0.59 0.38 0.76 0.88 n/a u 5 (127) 0.89 0.76 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.59 0.41 0.82 0.91 n/a 6 (152) 0.96 0.81 1.00 0.84 0.75 0.61 0.54 1.00 0.99 n/a 0 6-3/4 (171) 1.00 0.85 0.88 0.78 0.62 0.64 1.00 0.70 :5-, 7 (178) 0.86 0.89 0.79 0.63 0.68 0.72 4, 8 (203) 1 0.91 0.95 1 0.83 1 0.65 1 0.83 1 1 1 0.77 C 9 (229) 0.97 1.00 0.87 0.67 0.99 0.81 y 10 (254) 1.00 0.91 0.68 1.00 0.86 11 (279) 0.95 0.70 0.90 12 (305) 0.99 0.72 0.94 y 14 (356) 1.00 0.76 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 M 18 (457) 0.83 rn 20 (508) 0.87 > 24 610 0.94 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAv assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAv = fAN' 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f Hw assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Hv = 1.0. I� If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 337 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 12 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness 5/8-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear° uncracked concrete / 1 AN f + RN fAv f Rv f Rv f Hv in. 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 Embedment h - (mm) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.622 0.562 0.514 n/a n/a n/a 0.235 0.086 0.063 0.470 0.173 0.125 n/a n/a n/a E 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.667 0.596 0.540 n/a n/a n/a 0.287 0.106 0.076 0.574 0.211 0.153 n/a n/a n/a E 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 0.762 0.667 0.592 n/a n/a n/a 0.401 0.147 0.107 0.762 0.295 0.214 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.709 0.665 0.629 0.863 0.741 0.648 0.609 0.556 0.545 0.528 0.194 0.141 0.863 0.388 0.281 n/a n/a n/a = 3-1/2 (89) 0.744 0.693 0.650 0.969 0.819 0.705 0.627 0.565 0.553 0.665 0.244 0.177 0.969 0.488 0.354 n/a n/a n/a m 4 (102) 0.779 0.720 0.672 1.000 0.901 0.764 0.645 0.574 0.560 0.812 0.298 0.216 1.000 0.597 0.433 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.814 0.748 0.693 0.987 0.826 0.663 0.584 0.568 0.969 0.356 0.258 0.712 0.516 n/a n/a n/a Y 5 (127) 1 0.849 0.7751 0.715 1.0001 0.890 0.681 1 0.5931 0.575 1.0001 0.417 0.3021 0.834 0.605 0.852 n/a n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.884 0.803 0.736 0.956 0.700 0.602 0.583 0.481 0.349 0.962 0.698 0.893 n/a n/a 6 (152) 0.918 0.830 0.758 1.000 0.718 0.612 0.590 0.548 0.398 1.000 0.795 0.933 0.668 n/a 7 (178) 0.988 0.885 0.801 0.754 0.630 0.605 0.691 0.501 1.000 1.000 0.722 0.648 8 (203) 1.000 0.940 0.844 0.790 0.649 0.620 0.844 0.612 0.772 0.693 9 (229) 0.995 0.887 0.827 0.667 0.635 1.000 0.730 0.818 0.735 10 (254) 1.000 0.930 1 0.863 0.686 0.650 0.855 1 0.863 0.775 N 11 (279) 1 1 0.973 1 0.899 0.705 0.665 0.987 0.905 0.813 12 (305) 1.000 0.935 0.723 0.680 1.0001 0.945 0.849 ID 14 (356) 1.000 0.760 0.710 1.000 0.917 ID 16 (406) 0.798 0.740 0.980 18 (457) 0.835 0.770 1.000 20 (508) 0.872 0.800 as 24 (610) 0,947 0.860 U) > 30 (762) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1,000 0.951 Table 13 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness 5/8-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' -L toward edge from edge factor in shear° cracked concrete fAN f RN fAv f Rv f Rv f HV in. 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 Embedment h - (mm) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.630 0.565 0.514 n/a n/a n/a 0.267 0.098 0.071 1 0.533 0.196 0.142 n/a n/a n/a E 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.676 0.599 0.540 n/a n/a n/a 0.326 0.120 0.087 0.652 0.239 0.174 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 0.772 0.670 0.592 n/a n/a n/a 0.455 0.167 0.121 0.772 0.335 0.243 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.709 0.665 0.629 0.873 0.745 0.648 0.618 0.561 0.549 0.599 0.220 0.159 0.873 0.440 0.319 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.744 0.693 0.650 0.981 0.824 0.705 0.638 0.571 0.557 0.7541 0.277 0.201 0.981 0.554 0.402 n/a n/a n/a co 4 (102) 0.779 0.720 0.672 1.000 0.906 0.764 0.658 0.581 0.565 0.922 0.339 0.245 1.000 0.677 0.491 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.814 0.7481 0.693 0.992 0.826 0.678 0.591 0.574 1.000 0.404 0.293 0.8081 0.586 n/a n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.849 0.775 0.715 1.000 0.890 0.697 0.601 0.582 1.000 0.473 0.343 0.946 0.686 0.888 n/a n/a ;; 5-1/2 (140) 0.884 0.803 0.736 0.956 0.717 0.611 0.590 0.546 0.396 1.000 0.792 0.932 n/a n/a 6 (152) 0.918 0.830 0.758 1.000 0.737 0.621 0.598 0.622 0.451 0.902 0.973 0.697 n/a 0 7 (178) 0.988 0.885 0.801 0.776 0.642 0.614 0.784 0.568 1.000 1.000 0.753 0.676 8 (203) 1 1.000 0.940 0.844 0.8161 0.6621 0.631 1 0.958 0.6941 0.805 0.723 9 (229) 0.995 0.887 0.855 0.682 0.647 1.000 0.828 1 0.854 0.767 c 10 (254) 1.000 0.930 0.895 0.702 0.663 0.970 0.900 0.808 5 11 (279) 1 0.973 0.934 0.723 0.680 1.000 0.944 0.848 12 (305) 1.000 0.974 0.743 0.696 0.986 0.885 am 0 14 (356) 1.000 0.783 0.729 1.000 0.956 16 (406) 0.824 0.761 1 1.000 S 18 (457) 1 1 0.8641 0.794 20 (508) 0.905 0.827 a 24 (610) 0.986 0.892 U) > 30 62 1.0001 0.990 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f_ assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAv = f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f HV assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Hv = 1.0. 0 If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 338 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Table 14 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Cone. thickness 3/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear4 uncracked concrete f m f RN fnv fRv f av f Hv Embedment In in. 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 n.m (mm) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.57 0.48 n/a n/a 0.10 0.05 0.19 0.10 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.61 0.50 n/a n/a 0.12 0.06 0.23 0.12 n/a n/a E 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.68 0.54 n/a n/a 0.16 0.08 0.33 0.17 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.67 0.60 0.76 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.21 0.11 0.43 0.22 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.70 0.62 0.84 0.62 0.57 0.55 0.27 0.14 0.54 0.28 n/a n/a z 4 (102) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.67 0.58 0.55 1 0.33 0.17 0.66 1 0.34 n/a I n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.76 1 0.65 1.00 0.72 0.59 0.56 0.39 0.20 0.79 0.41 n/a I n/a 5 (127) 0.79 0.67 0.76 0.60 0.56 0.46 0.24 0.92 0.48 n/a n/a Y 5-1/2 (140) 0.81 0.69 0.81 0.61 0.57 0.53 0.28 1.00 0.55 n/a n/a °? 6 (152) 0.84 0.71 0.86 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.31 0.63 0.69 n/a 7 (178) 0.90 0.74 0.97 0.64 0.59 0.77 0.40 0.79 0.75 n/a 0 8 (203) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.66 0.60 0.94 0.48 1 0.97 0.80 n/a 8-1/8 (206) 0.96 0.78 0.66 0.60 1 0.96 0.50 0.99 0.80 0.65 a 9 (229) 1.00 1 0.81 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.58 1.00 0.85 0.68 10 (254) 0.84 1 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 1 0.72 y 11 (279) 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.78 0.94 0.7E 12 (305) 0.91 0.74 0.65 0.89 0.98 0.79 a 6 14 (356) 0.98 0.78 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.85 16 (406) 1.00 0.82 0.71 0.91 18 (457) 0.86 0.73 0.96 20 (508) 0.90 1 0.76 1 1.00 a 24 (610) 0.98 1 0.81 30 (762) 1.00 1 0.89 > 36 (914) 1 0.96 Table 15 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete' Z Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Cone. thickness 3/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 -L toward edge from edge factor in shear4 cracked concrete f AN f RN fnv fRv fRv f HV Embedment In in. 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 n- (mm) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.57 0.48 n/a n/a 0.11 0.06 0.22 0.11 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.61 0.50 n/a n/a 0.13 0.07 0.27 0.14 n/a n/a E 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.68 0.54 n/a n/a 0.19 0.10 0.37 0.19 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.67 0.60 0.76 0.58 0.57 0.54 0.24 0.13 0.49 0.25 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.70 0.62 0.85 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.31 0.16 0.61 0.32 n/a n/a = 4 (102) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.67 0.59 0.56 1 0.38 0.19 0.75 1 0.39 n/a I n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.76 1 0.65 1.00 0.72 0.60 0.56 0.45 0.23 0.90 0.46 n/a I n/a Y 5 (127) 0.79 0.67 0.77 0.61 0.57 0.52 0.27 1.00 0.54 n/a n/a Y 5-1/2 (140) 0.81 0.69 0.81 0.62 0.58 0.60 0.31 0.63 n/a n/a °? 6 (152) 0.84 0.71 0.87 0.63 0.58 0.69 0.36 0.71 0.72 n/a 7 (178) 0.90 0.74 0.97 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.45 0.90 0.78 n/a 0 8 (203) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.67 0.61 1.00 0.55 1 1.00 0.83 n/a 8-1/8 (206) 0.96 0.78 0.68 0.61 1 0.56 1 0.84 0.67 9 (229) 1.00 0.81 0.70 0.63 0.66 0.88 0.71 10 (254) 0.84 0.72 0.64 0.77 0.93 1 0.75 y 11 (279) 1 0.88 1 0.74 0.65 0.89 0.98 0.78 12 (305) 0.91 0.76 0.67 1.00 1.00 0.82 a) 6 14 (356) 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.89 16 (406) 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.95 18 (457) 0.89 0.75 1.00 20 (508) 0.93 0.78 a 24 (610) 1.00 0.84 30 (762) 0.92 > 36 (914) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilt! PROFS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f_ assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAv = fAN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f Hv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Hv = 1.0. I� If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 339 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 16 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Nominal Tension - (pNn Shear - q)Vn Tension - (pNn Shear - On anchor diameter embedment f' = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 545 595 725 725 670 730 725 725 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (3.2) (3.2) (3.0) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) 1/4 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 1,325 1,325 1,275 1,470 1,960 1,960 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (5.9) (5.9) (5.7) (6.5) (8.7) (8.7) 1-5/8 845 975 905 905 970 1,120 2,200 2,200 41 3.8 4.3 4.0 4.0 4.3 5.0 9.8 9.8 3/8 2-1/2 1,455 1,680 905 905 1,900 2,195 3,655 3,655 64 6.5 7.5 4.0 4.0 8.5 9.8 16.3 16.3 3-1/4 2,550 2,945 2,165 2,165 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 11.3 13.1 9.6 9.6 2-1/4 850 980 965 965 905 1,045 4,710 4,710 5 3.8 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.0 4.6 21.0 21.0 1/2 3 1,990 2,300 1,750 11750 n/a n/a n/a n/a 76 8.9 10.2 7.8 7.8 4-1/4 3,485 4,025 2,155 2,155 n/a n/a n/a n/a 108 15.5 17.9 9.6 9.6 3-1/4 2,715 3,135 2,080 2,080 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 12.1 13.9 9.3 9.3 5/8 5 6,170 7,125 2,515 2,515 n/a n/a n/a n/a 127 27.4 31. 11.2 11.2 3/4 4 2,715 3,135 2,255 2,255 n/a n/a n/a n/a 102 12.1 13.9 10.0 10.0 Table 17 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal anchor Nominal Tension - rpNn' Shear - tpV�l Tension - q)N,7 Shear - q)Vne diameter embedment f'c = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'. = 3,000 psi f. = 4,000 psi f. = 3,000 psi f'. = 4,000 psi in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 280 305 725 725 340 370 725 725 41 1.2 1.4 3.2 3.2 1.5 1.6 3.2 3.2 1/4 2-1/2 605 700 1,325 1,325 635 735 1,960 1,960 64 2.7 3.1 5.9 5.9 2.8 3.3 8.7 8.7 1-5/8 525 605 905 905 770 890 2,200 2,200 41 2.3 2.7 4.0 4.0 3.4 4.0 9.8 9.8 3/8 2-1/2 1,035 1,195 905 905 1,345 1,555 3,655 3,655 64 4.6 5.3 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.9 16.3 16.3 3-1/4 1,805 2,085 2,165 2,165 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 8.0 9.3 9.6 9.6 2-1/4 535 620 965 965 640 740 4,710 4,710 57 2.4 (2.8) 4.3 4.3 2.8 3.3 21.0 21.0 1/2 3 1,255 1,450 1,750 1,750 n/a n/a n/a n/a 76 5.6 6.4 7.8 7.8 4-1/4 2,195 2,535 2,155 2,155 n/a n/a n/a n/a 108 9.8 11.3 9.6 9.6 3-1/4 1,710 1,975 2,080 2,080 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 7.6 8.8 9.3 9.3 5/8 5 3,885 4,485 2,515 2,515 n/a n/a n/a n/a 127 17.3 20.0 11.2 11.2 3/4 4 1,710 1,975 2,255 2,255 n/a n/a n/a 102 7.6 8.8 10.0(10.0)n/a See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h_ (nominal embedment). Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. Comparison to steel values in table 4 is not required. Values in tables 16 and 17 control. Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by a.,_ = 0.75. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. For the following anchor sizes, an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-inch diameter - a,_ = 0.75 3/8-inch diameter - a,_ = 0.60 1/2-inch diameter - a,_ = 0.60 5/8-inch diameter - a,_ = 0.60 3/4-inch diameter - a,_ = 0.70 340 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Figure 3 — Installation of Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in soffit of concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies' Min. 1" ro Min. 3,000 psi sand-lightw, N or normal -weight concrete ih Upper flute 2 (valley) Min. 4-1/2" Minimum I. ► (typical) Lower 20 gauge steel deck Min. 4-1/2" Anchor Flute edge flute (typical) (ridge) Min. 1-1/4" Min. 12" (typical) 1 Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum concrete cover above the drilled hole is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Figure 4 — Installation of Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC on the top of sand -lightweight concrete over metal floor and roof assemblies N Min. 3,000 psi sand -lightweight N or normal -weight concrete co Upper 9 flute 2 \_j (valley) Min. 4-1/2" Minimum (typical) 20 gauge Min. 4-1/2" Flute edge t but er steel deck Min. 12" (typical) (ridge) Table 18 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck' 2,1,4,5 Nominal Tension - (pN Shear - On Nominal embedment f'c = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi anchor diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN 1 /4 1-5/8 (41) 620 (2.8) 675 (3.0) 1,180 (5.2) 1,360 (6.0) 3/8 1-5/8 (41) 1,000 (4.4) 1,155 (5.1) 1,075 (4.8) 1,245 (5.5) Table 19 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - q)N Shear - (V Nominal embed. f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi anchor diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. mm lb kN lb kN lb kN lb kN 1/4 1-5/8 (41) 315 (1.4) 345 (1.5) 835 (3.7) 965 (4.3) 3/8 1-5/8 (41) 520 (2.3) 600 (2.7) 760 (3.4) 880 (3.9) See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 20 and 21 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: for sand -lightweight, A. = 0.68; for all -lightweight, A. = 0.60 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the fol- lowing reduction factors: 1/4-inch diameter - aN_,a = 0.60 3/8-inch diameter- a,,,ga„ = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 341 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 20 - Load adjustment factors for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck',2 Edge distance in shear 1/4-in. and 3/8-in. II to and away KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Cone. thickness uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' -L toward edge from edge factor in shear' over metal deck J AN + fRN f Av f Rv f Rv f Hv Anchor in. 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 diameter d (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) Nominal in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 embed. hno (mm) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.44 0.58 n/a n/a 0.44 0.58 0.44 0.58 n/a n/a a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.50 0.67 n/a n/a 0.50 0.67 0.50 0.67 n/a n/a U 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.63 0.83 n/a n/a 0.63 0.83 0.63 0.83 0.78 0.83 0 3 (76) 0.92 0.95 0.75 1.00 0.68 0.71 0.75 1.00 0.75 1.00 0.85 0.91 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.99 0.81 0.70 0.72 0.81 0.81 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 1.00 0.88 0.71 0.74 0.88 0.88 v c - 4 (102) 1.00 1.00 0.74 0.78 1.00 1.00 :° N L 4-1/2 (114) 0.77 0.81 N 5 (127) 0.80 0.84 5-1/2 (140) 1 0.83 0.88 ,c 6 (152) 0.86 0.91 6-1/2 (165) 0.89 0.95 c c 7 (178) 0.92 0.98 m a 7-1/2 (191) 0.95 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 9 (229) 1.00 Table 21 - Load adjustment factors for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck' 2 Edge distance in shear 1/4-in. and 3/8-in. II to and away KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Cone. thickness cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' -L toward edge from edge factor in shear' over metal deck f AN f RN f Av fRv f Rv f Rv Anchor in. 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 diameter d (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) Nominal in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 embed. h (mm) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.99 1.00 n/a n/a 1 0.51 0.62 0.99 1.00 n/a n/a N 2 (51) n/a n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.62 0.76 1.00 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.87 1.00 0.78 0.83 0 3 (76) 0.92 0.95 0.68 0.71 1.00 0.85 0.91 £ 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.99 0.70 0.73 S E 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 1.00 0.71 0.74 c - 4 (102) 1.00 1 0.74 0.78 `0 rn g 4-1/2 (114) 0.77 0.81 o N 5 (127) 0.80 0.85 5-1/2 (140) 1 0.83 0.88 6 0.86 0.92 0:.2(152) 6-1/2 (165) 0.89 0.95 c 7 (178) 0.92 0.98 CU 0- 7-1/2 (191) 0.95 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 9 229 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f , assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAV - fAN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f HV' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f HV = 1.0. 0 - For concrete thickness greater than or equal to 3-1/4-inches, the anchor can be designed using either table 2 or table 3 of this section. 342 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 DESIGN INFORMATION IN CONCRETE PER CSA A23.3 Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3 Annex D for post -installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. This section contains the Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-3027. These tables are followed by factored resistance tables. The factored resistance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor -to -anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document. All the figures in the previous ACI 318 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8. Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at (800) 363-4458 or at www.hilti.com. Table 22 — Steel resistance for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC 1411 carbon steel screw anchor' 2 Nominal anchor Tensile s Shear 4 Seismic shear s diameter Nominal embedment N v v sa,eq in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 2-1/2 3,370 855 770 1/4 (41) (64) (15.0) (3.8) (3.4) 1-5/8 2-1/8 5,475 2,030 2,030 (41) (54) (24.4) (9.0) (9.0) 3/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 6,150 2,865 1,720 (64) 1 (83) (27.4) (12.7) (7.7) 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 10,780 5,110 3,065 1/2 (57) (76) (108) (48.0) (22.7) (13.6) 3-1/4 4 5 14,405 6,200 3,720 5/8 (83) (102) (127) (64.1) (27.6) (16.5) 4 6-1/4 19,050 9,205 6,385 3/4 (102) (159) (84.7) (40.9) (28.4) 1 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KH-EZ carbon steel screw anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile N = A9e N (Ps f_ R as noted in CSA A23.3 Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with V < 0.6 A_, (ps f_ R as noted in CSA A23.3 Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with Vgafe 5 0.60 ASev (s f a R as noted in CSA A23.3 Annex D. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.9 for additional information on seismic applications. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 343 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-80001 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 23 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design information in accordance with CSA A23.3 Annex D1' Nominal anchor diameter Ref Design parameter Symbol Units 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 A23.3 Hex, P, PM, Hex, C head Hex head Hex head Hex head Head Style and coating PL, C head Hex, C head (Including (Including (Including (Including CRC) CRC) CRC) CRC) in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 Nominal anchor diameter d a (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Effective embedment' h., in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 1.52 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84 (mm) (30) (49) (28) (39) (47) (64) (39) (55) (82) (61) (77) (99) (74) (123) Min. nominal embedment' h^^m in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 4 5 4 6-1/4 (mm) (41) (64) (41) (54) (64) (83) (57) (76) (108) (83) (102) (127) (102) (159) Minimum concrete thickness' h in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 3-1/4 3-2/3 4 4-3/4 4-1/2 4-3/4 6-3/4 5 6 7 6 8-1/8 min (mm) (83) (105) (83) (93) (102) (121) (114) (121) (171) (127) (152) (178) (152) (206) in. 2 2.78 2.63 2.75 2.92 3.75 2.75 3.75 5.25 3.63 4.57 5.82 4.41 7.28 Critical edge distance c a` (mm) (51) (71) (67) (70) (74) (95) (70) (95) (133) (92) (116) (148) (112) (185) Minimum spacing at critical edge in. 1.5 2.25 3 distance sm'n•`a` (mm) (38) (57) (76) Minimum edge distance cmi^ in. 1. 1.75 (mm) (38) (44) Minimum anchor spacing for s > in. 3.0 4 at minimum edge distance (mm) (76) (102) in. 2 2-7/8 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/8 4-5/8 3-5/8 4-3/8 5-3/8 4-3/8 6-5/8 Mininimum hole depth in concrete ha (mm) (51) 1 (73) (48) (60) (70) (89) (67) (86) (117) (92) (111) (137) (111) (168) psi 125,000 106,975 120,300 112,540 90,180 81,600 Minimum specified f' (N ultimate strength a z mm) (860) (738) (830) (776) (622) (563) in 0.045 0.086 0.161 0.268 0.392 Effective tensile stress area A _i, (mm2) (29.0) (55.5) (103.9) (172.9) (252.9) Steel embed. material resistance �s 0.85 8.4.3 factor for reinforcement Resistance modification factor for R 0.70 D.5.3 tension, steel failure modes' Resistance modification factor for R 0.65 D.5.3 shear, steel failure modes lb 3,370 5,475 6,150 10,780 14,405 19,050 Factored steel resistance in tension IN (kN) (15.0) (24.4) (27.4) (48.0) (64.1) (84.7) D.6.1.2 Factored steel resistance in shear V lb 855 2,030 2,865 5,110 6,200 9,205 D.7.1.2 sar (kN) (3.8) (9.0) (12.7) (22.7) (27.6) (40.9) Factored steel resistance in shear, V lb 770 2,030 1,720 3,065 3,720 6,385 seismic aar•aq (kN) (3.4) (9.0) (7.7) (13.6) (16.5) (28.4) Coeff. for factored conc. breakout k lb 10 11.25 D.6.2.2 resistance, uncracked concrete Coeff. for factored conc. breakout k 7 D.6.2.2 resistance, cracked concrete Modification factor for anchor resistance, tension, uncracked LPcN 1.0 D.6.2.6 concretes Anchor category 3 1 D.5.3 (c ) Concrete material resistance factor (k 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear, concrete failure R 0.75 1.00 D.5.3 (c ) modes, Condition B6 Factored pullout resistance in N lb 665 1,645 NA D.6.3.2 20 MPa uncracked concrete' Pr•a^`r (kN) (3.0) (7.3) Factored pullout resistance in N lb 340 815 510 NA D.6.3.2 20 MPa cracked concrete' Pr`r (kN) (1.5) (3.6) (2.3) Factored seismic pullout resistance N lb 275 815 510 NA D.6.3.2 in 20 MPa cracked concrete' P,•aq kN 1.2 3.6 (2.3) 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3027, tables 1, 3, and 5, and converted for use with CSA A23.3 Annex D. 2 See Figure 1 on Page 2 of this document. 3 For concrete over metal deck applications where the concrete thickness over the top flute is less than hmi^ in this table, see figure 4 and tables 20 and 21 of this document. 4 The KH-EZ is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3 Annex D section D.2. 5 For all design cases, w, = 1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete (k,,,) or uncracked concrete (k ^^d must be used. 6 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3 section D.5.3 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 7 For all design cases, W� a = 1.0. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See section 4.1.4 of ESR-3027 for additional information. 344 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espahol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Table 24 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete'°2,3,4 Nominal Tension - N Shear - V f = 20 MPa f' = 25 MPa f'� = 30 MPa f' = 40 MPa f' = 20 MPa f' = 25 MPa f'� = 30 MPa f' = 40 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1.18 1-5/8 665 710 750 820 805 900 985 1,135 30 41 3.0 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.6 4.0 4.4 5.1 1/4 1.92 2-1/2 1,645 1,840 2,015 2,325 2,225 2,490 2,725 3,145 49 64 7.3 8.2 9.0 10.4 9.9 11.1 12.1 14.0 1.11 1-5/8 980 1,095 1,200 1,385 980 1,095 1,200 1,385 28 41 4.4 4.9 5.3 6.2 4.4 4.9 5.3 6.2 1.54 2-1/8 1,600 1,785 1,960 2,260 1,600 1,785 1,960 2,260 39 54 7.1 8.0 8. 10.1 7.1 8.0 8. 10.1 3/8 1.86 2-1/2 2,120 2,375 2,600 3,000 2,120 2,375 2,600 3,000 47 64 9.4 10.6 11.6 13.3 9.4 10.6 11.6 13.3 2.50 3-1/4 3,305 3,695 4,050 4,675 3,305 3,695 4,050 4,675 64 83 14.7 16.4 18.0 20.8 14.7 16.4 18.0 20.8 1.52 2-1/4 1,765 1,970 2,160 2,495 1,765 1,970 2,160 2,495 39 57 7.8 8.8 9.6 11.1 .8 8.8 9.6 11.1 1/2 2.16 3 2,990 3,340 3,660 4,225 2,990 3,340 3,660 4,225 55 76 13.3 14.9 16.3 18.8 13.3 14.9 16.3 18.8 3.22 4-1/4 5,440 6,080 6,660 7,690 10,875 12,160 13,320 15,380 82 108 24.2 27.0 29.6 34.2 48.4 54.1 59.3 68.4 2.39 3-1/4 3,475 3,890 4,260 4,920 3,475 3,890 4,260 4,920 61 83 15.5 17.3 18.9 21.9 15.5 17.3 18.9 21.9 5/8 3.03 4 4,985 5,573 6,105 7,049 10,736 12,004 13,149 15,183 77 102 22.2 24.8 27.2 31.4 47.8 53.4 58.5 67.5 3.88 5 7,195 8,040 8,810 10,170 14,385 16,085 17,620 20,345 99 127 32.0 35.8 39.2 45.2 64.0 71.5 78.4 90.5 2.92 4 4,695 5,250 5,750 6,640 9,390 10,500 11,505 13,280 74 102 20.9 23.4 25.6 29.5 41.8 46.7 51.2 59.1 3/4 4.84 6-1/4 10,020 11,205 12,275 14,170 20,040 22,410 24,545 28,345 123 159 44.6 49.8 54.6 63.0 89.2 99.7 109.2 126.1 Table 25 - Hilt! KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete''2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - N E Shear - V f' = 20 MPa a f' = 25 MP' f = 30 MPa f' = 40 MPa f' = 20 MPa f' = 25 MPa f' = 30 MPa f' = 40 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (�,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (�,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350psi) (6,800 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1.18 1-5/8 340 360 385 415 565 630 690 795 30 41 (1.5) 1.6) 1.7 1.9 2.5) 2.8 (3.1) (3.5 1/4 1.92 2-1/2 815 910 1,000 1,155 1,560 1,740 1,910 2,205 49 64 3.6 4.1 4.4 5.1 6.9 7.7 8.5 9.8 1.11 1-5/8 510 570 620 720 685 765 840 970 28 41 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.0 3.4 3. 4.3 1.54 2-1/8 1,120 1,250 1,370 1,585 1,120 1,250 1,370 1,585 39 54 5.0 5.6 6.1 .0 5.0 5.6 6.1 7.0 3/8 1.86 2-1/2 1,485 1,660 1,820 2,100 1,485 1,660 1,820 2,100 (47) (64 6.6 7.4 8.1 9.3 6.6 7.4 8.1 9.3 2.50 3-1/4 2,315 2,590 2,835 3,275 2,315 2,590 2,835 3,275 64 83 10.3 11.5 12.6 14.6 10.3 11.5 12.6 14.6 1.52 2-1/4 1,095 1,225 1,345 1,550 1,095 1,225 1,345 1,550 39 57 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.9 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.9 1/2 2.16 3 1,860 2,080 2,275 2,630 1,860 2,080 2,275 2,630 55 76 8.3 9.2 10.1 11.7 8.3 9.2 10.1 11. 3.22 4-1/4 3,385 3,785 4,145 4,785 6,765 7,565 8,290 9,570 82 108 15.1 16.8 18.4 21.3 30.1 33.7 36.9 42.6 2.39 3-1/4 2,165 2,420 2,650 3,060 2,165 2,420 2,650 3,060 61 83 9.6 10.8 11.8 13.6 9.6 10.8 11.8 13.6 5/8 3.03 4 3,139 3,509 3,844 4,439 6,760 7,558 8,279 9,560 7 102 14.0 15.6 17.1 19.7 30.1 33.6 36.8 42.5 3.88 5 4,475 5,005 5,480 6,330 8,950 10,005 10,965 12,660 99 127 19.9 22.3 24.4 28.2 39.8 44.5 48.8 56.3 2.92 4 2,920 3,265 3,580 4,130 5,845 6,535 7,155 8,265 (74 102 13.0 14.5 15.9 18.4 26.0 29.1 31.8 36.8 3/4 4.84 6-1/4 6,235 6,970 7,635 8,820 12,470 13,945 15,275 17,635 123 159 27. 31.0 34.0 39.2 55.5 62.0 67.9 8.4 1 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert factored resistance value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 15 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 22. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tablular values are for normal -weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: for sand -lightweight, k = 0.68; for all -lightweight, A. = 0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the follow- ing reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - aNt1i1= 0.60 All other sizes - aN_s = 0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 345 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 26 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of 1411 uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 1,1,1,5,1 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension - N Shear - V Tension - N Shear - V anchor Nominal f' = 20 MPa f'� = 30 MPa f'� = 20 MPa f'c = 30 MPa f'� = 20 MPa f'. = 30 MPa f'c = 20 MPa f'c = 30 MPa diameter embedment (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 585 660 665 665 720 810 665 665 41 2.6 2.9 3.0 3.0 3.2 3.6 3.0 3.0 1/4 2-1/2 1,200 1,470 1,220 1,220 1,255 1,535 1,805 1,805 64 5.3 6.5 5.4 5.4 5.6 6.8 8.0 8.0 1-5/8 830 1,020 835 835 950 1,165 2,030 2,030 41 3.7 4.5 3.7 3.7 4.2 5.2 9.0 9.0 3/8 2-1/2 1,430 1,755 835 835 1,865 2,285 3,365 3,365 64 6.4 .8 3.7 3.7 8.3 10.2 15.0 15.0 3-1/4 2,505 3,070 1,990 1,990 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 11.1 13.7 8.9 8.9 2-1/4 835 1,020 885 885 890 1,090 4,335 4,335 57 3.7 4.5 3.9 3.9 4.0 4.8 19.3 19.3 1/2 3 1,955 2,395 1,615 1,615 n/a n/a n/a n/a 76 8.7 10.7 7.2 7.2 4-1/4 3,425 4,195 1,985 1,985 n/a n/a n/a n/a 108 15.2 18.7 8.8 8.8 3-1/4 2,670 3,270 1,915 1,915 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 11.9 14.5 8.5 8.5 5/8 5 6,070 7,430 2,315 2,315 n/a n/a n/a n/a 127 27.0 33.1 10.3 10.3 3/4 4 2,670 3,270 2,075 2,075 n/a n/a n/a n/a 102 11.9 14.5 9.2 9.2 Table 27 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of ,' cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,5 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension - N 7 Shear - V 8 Tension - N 7 Shear - V 8 anchor Nominal f' = 20 MPa f' = 30 MPa f' = 20 MPa f' = 30 MPa f' = 20 MPa f' = 30 MPa f' = 20 MPa f' = 30 MPa diameter embedment (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 300 340 665 665 365 445 665 665 1/4 (41) (1.3) (1.5) (3.0) (3.0) (1.6) (2.0) (3.0) (3.0) 2-1/2 595 730 1,220 1,220 625 765 1,805 1,805 64 2.6 3.2 5.4 5.4 2.8 3.4 8.0 8.0 1-5/8 520 635 835 835 755 930 2,030 2,030 41 2.3 2.8 3.7 3.7 3.4 4.1 9.0 9.0 3/8 2-1/2 1,015 1,245 835 835 1,325 1,620 3,365 3,365 64 4.5 5.5 3.7 3.7 5.9 .2 15.0 15.0 3-1/4 1,775 2,175 1,990 1,990 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 7.9 9.7 8.9 8.9 2-1/4 525 640 885 885 630 770 4,335 4,335 57 2.3 2.8 3.9 3.9 2.8 3.4 19.3 19.3 1/2 3 1,235 1,510 1,615 1,615 n/a n/a n/a n/a 76 5.5 6.7 7.2 7.2 4-1/4 2,155 2,640 1,985 1,985 n/a n/a n/a n/a 108 9.6 11. 8.8 8.8 3-1/4 1,680 2,060 1,915 1,915 n/a n/a n/a n/a 83 7.5 9.2 8.5 8.5 5/8 5 3,820 4,680 2,315 2,315 n/a n/a n/a n/a 127 17.0 20.8 10.3 10.3 3/4 4 1,680 2,060 2,075 2,075 n/a n/a n/a n/a 102 7.5 9.2 9.2 9.2 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compresive strengths is not permitted. Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x hn- (nominal embedment). Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary. Tabular values control. Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - aN,u11 = 0.60 All other sizes - oN,51i, = 0.75. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. For the following anchor sizes, an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-inch diameter - c� ., = 0.75 3/8-inch diameter - c� ., = 0.60 1/2-inch diameter - c� ., = 0.60 5/8-inch diameter - aN ., = 0.60 3/4-inch diameter - c� ., = 0.70 346 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Table 28 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC steel screw anchor factored resistance in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5 Tension - N Shear - V Nominal f � = 20 MPa f'c = 30 MPa f'c = 20 MPa f'� = 30 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1.18 1-5/8 665 750 805 985 1/4 (30) (41) (3.0) (3.3) (3.6) (4.4) 1.11 1-5/8 980 1,200 980 1,200 3/8 (28) (41) (4.4) (5.3) (4.4) (5.3) Table 29 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC steel anchor factored resistance in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5 Tension - N Shear - V Nominal f' = 20 MPa f � = 30 MPa f' = 20 MPa f= 30 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1.18 1-5/8 340 385 565 690 1/4 (30) (41) (1.5) (1.7) (2.5) (3.1) 1.11 1-5/8 510 620 685 840 3/8 (28) (41) (2.3) (2.8) (3.0) (3.7) See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 20 and 21 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 22. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal -weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by k as follows: for sand -lightweight, k = 0.68; for all -lightweight, A. = 0.60 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular val- ues in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-inch diameter - aN'._ = 0.60 3/8-inch diameter- a,,.,. = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 347 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 DESIGN INFORMATION IN MASONRY Table 30 - Allowable tension loads for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC installed in grout -filled masonry walls (lb)t 2,3,4,5 Nominal anchor diameter in. Embedment in.' Loads Q c ands Spacing Edge distance Critical - s in.' Minimum - sm.n in.' Load reduction factor at s .' Critical - c Minimum- cr . in.' ma 1 /4 1-5/8 53010 4 2 0.70 4 2-1/2 91011 4 1.00 1-5/8 53511 4 2 0.70 3/8 2-1/2 895 6 4 0.80 4 3-1/4 1,210 1/2 2-1/4 710 4 2 0.60 4 3 1,110 8 4 4-1/4 1,515 5/8 3-1/4 1,155 10 4 0.60 4 5 1,735 3/4 4 1,680 12 4 0.60 4 6-1/4 2,035 Table 31 - Allowable shear loads for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC installed in grout -filled masonry walls (lb)',2,3,4,5 Nominal anchor diameter in. Embedment ins Load at car ands Spacing Edge distance Critical - sir in' Minimum - Smin in.' Load reduction factor at s ' Critical - car ins Minimum - Cmin in.' Load reduction factor at c . perpendicular to edge parallel to edge 1/4 1-5/8 67510 4 4 1.00 4 4 1.00 1.00 2-1/2 84011 1.00 1.00 3/8 1-5/8 1,14011 6 4 0.94 6 4 0.61 1.00 2-1/2 1,165 0.70 1.00 3-1/4 1,190 0.70 1.00 1/2 2-1/4 1,845 8 4 0.88 8 4 0.50 1.00 3 2,055 0.45 0.94 4-1/4 2,745 0.40 0.89 5/8 3-1/4 3,040 10 4 0.36 10 4 0.36 0.82 5 3,485 0.34 0.92 3/4 4 3,040 10 4 0.36 10 4 0.36 0.82 6-1/4 3,485 0.34 0.92 1 All values are for anchors installed in fully grouted masonry with minimum masonry prism strength of 1,500 psi. Concrete masonry units may be lightweight, medium -weight or normal - weight. 2 Anchors may not be installed within one inch in any direction of a vertical joint. 3 Linear interpolation of load values between minimum spacing smIn and critical spacing sir and between minimum edge distance Cm and critical edge distance Car is permitted. Tppletl +pplietl appltl s 4 For combined loading: For 1/4-in. 1 For 3/8-through 3/4-in. - appfimd s a 1 Taiiowabia V iiowabia T iiowabie Vaiiowabia 5 See Figure 5 on Page 21 of this document for anchor locations for anchor locations. 6 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry embedment. 7 Critical spacing s.r is the anchor spacing where full load values may be used. The minimum spacing s_ is the minimum spacing for which values are available and installation is recommended. Spacing is measured from the center of one anchor to the center of the adjacent anchor. 8 Load reduction factors are multiplicative, both spacing and edge distance load reduction factors must be considered. Load values for anchors installed at less than c.r or s.r must be multiplied by the appropriate load reduction factor based on actual edge distance (c) or spacing (s). 9 The critical edge distance c is the edge distance where full load values may be used. The minimum edge distance c . is the minimum edge distance for which values are available and installation is recommended. For tension, c.r equals cmi Edge distance is measured from the center of the anchor to te closest edge. 10 Load values must be reduced by 21 % for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed joint. 11 Load values must be reduced by 13% for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed joint. 348 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espahol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 Table 32 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC allowable loads installed in top -of -grout -filled concrete masonry walls or horizontal members of wall openings' 2,3 Shear lb Load direction Nominal Minimum Minimum Parallel Perpendicular anchor embedment Edge Critical end diameter depth distance spacings distance' Tension to edge of to edge of in. in. in. in. in. Ib masonry wall masonry wall 1/4 15/8 1 1/2 4 4 205 180 135 3 3/4 205 275 275 21/2 11/2 355 345 155 3 3/4 390 415 330 3/8 15/8 11/2 6 6 245 345 175 3 3/4 245 345 345 31/4 11/2 465 490 200 3 3/4 540 800 625 1/2 21/4 13/4 8 8 390 460 200 3 3/4 610 525 500 41/4 13/4 540 885 245 3 3/4 750 1275 550 5/8 5 1 3/4 10 10 1 975 930 245 3 3/4 975 1 2190 11 630 3/4 6 1/4 1 3 3/4 12 1 12 975 1 2430 1 630 Table 33 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC allowable loads installed in end -of -wall or vertical members of wall openings' 2 Shear lb Load direction Nominal Minimum Minimum Parallel Perpendicular anchor embedment Edge Critical end diameter depth distance spacings distance' Tension to edge of to edge of in. in. in. in. in. lb masonry wall masonry wall 1/4 15/8 11/2 4 4 360 525 205 3 3/4 380 595 585 21/2 11/2 590 610 225 3 3/4 755 635 585 3/8 15/8 11/2 6 6 355 725 215 3 3/4 465 1010 825 31/4 11/2 565 875 240 3 3/4 1020 1195 1050 1/2 21/4 13/4 8 8 500 855 260 3 3/4 525 1100 1050 41/4 13/4 650 925 280 3 3/4 1150 1240 1050 5/8 5 3 3/4 10 10 1605 2215 1050 3/4 61/4 3 3/4 12 1 12 1865 2550 1050 1 All values are for anchors installed in fully grouted concrete masonry with minimum masonry prism strength of 1,500 psi. Concrete masonry units may be lightweight, medium -weight or normal -weight conforming to ASTM C90. Allowable loads are calculated using safety factor of 5. 2 See figure 6 and 7 for allowable anchor installation locations on the top of grout -filled concrete masonry walls. Anchors may not be installed within one inch of a vertical joint. See figure 7 for anchor installation locations in end -of -wall and vertical members of wall openings. 3 Anchors may not be installed within 1-1/4" in any direction of a head joint. 4 For load values at edge distances between listed values linear interpolation is permitted. 5 Critical spacing equals minimum spacing. 6 Minimum end distance applicable to top -of -wall and end -of -wall and does not apply for wall openings such as windows. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 349 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 4" minimum edge distance Critical edge distance F_ (See load table) Installations in this area for full capacity Mortar joint Concrete masonry unit (grouted) Anchor installation is restricted to shaded areas No installation within 1 1/4" of head joint Reduced values for 1/4" and 3/8" installations within 1-1/4" of bed joints (See table 30). 4" minimum edge distance Critical edge distance (See load table) Installation in this area for reduced tension and shear capacity Figure 5 — Acceptable locations (shaded areas) for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC anchors in grout -filled concrete masonry Edge distance KWIK HUS-EZ Anchor and KWIK HUS-EZ P End distance Figure 6 — Edge and end distances for the Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC anchor installed in the top of CMU masonry wall construction Figure 7 — Anchor locations in end of wall or wall opening applications 350 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22 DESIGN INFORMATION IN HOLLOW CORE CONCRETE PER ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN Table 34 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC allowable stress design values for installations into hollow core concrete panels' 2 Min. effective embedment Allowable load' Ultimate load Anchor diameter hey (inches) (inches) Tension Shear Tension Shear 1-1/8 400 610 1600 2440 1/4 1-3/8 455 755 1810 3025 1-1/8 435 890 1740 3560 3/8 1-3/8 590 (2.6) 1405 (6.3) 2360 (10.5) 5620 (25.0) 1 The admissible anchor location must be established to prevent damage to the prestressed cable during the drilling process. Verify the location and height of the cable with the hollow core plank supplier to confirm admissible anchor location. 2 Minimum compressive strength of prestressed concrete is 7,000 psi. Published ultimate loads represent the average results conducted in local base materials. Due to variations in materials and dimensionl configurations, on -site testing is required to determine the actual performance. 3 Allowable loads calculated with a factor of safety of 4. Figure 8 — Installation of Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in hollow core concrete KH-EZ (CRC) KH-EZ 0 Socket Size Washer 0 Total head height Hex head height 1/4" 7/16" 0.65" 0.24" 0.16" 3/8" 9/16" 0.78" 0.35" 0.26" 1/2" 3/4" 1.03" 0.49" 0.35" 5/8" 15/16" 1.28" 0.57" 0.43" 3/4" 1-1/8" 1.48" 0.70" 0.53" 1 KH-EZ CRC does not come in %" diameter. fb = diameter KH-EZ C KH-EZ 0 Torx Size Head 0 Head height Flat height Angle 1/4" TX30 0.47" 0.16" 0.04" 821 3/8" TX50 0.74" 0.28" 0.09" 82° 0 = diameter KH-EZ P/PM/PL Pan Size Head :I= 0 Head height P TX30 0.52" 0.13" PM TX30 0.69" 0.13" PL TX30 0.86" 0.18" 0 = diameter Socket Size Hex head height Total head height Washer 0 Angle \� \ Head 0 / I Head height Head height Head height !I ItfWV!::D Head 0 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 351 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. ORDERING INFORMATION Order Information Description Hole Diameter Total Length without Anchor Head Minimum Embedment Depth Oty (pcs) / Box KH-EZ P 1/4"x1 7/8" 1/4" 1 7/8 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ P 1/4"x2 5/8" 1/4" 2 5/8 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ PM 1/4"x2 5/8" 1/4" 2 5/8 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ PM 1/4"xi 7/8" 1/4" 1 7/8 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ PL 1/4"x2 5/8" 1/4" 2 5/8 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ C 1/4"x2" 1/4" 2 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ C 1/4"x2 1/2" 1/4'' 2 1/2 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ C 1/4"x3" 1/4" 3 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ C 1/4"x4" 1/4'' 4 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x1 7/8" 1/4'' 1 7/8 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x2 5/8" 1/4" 2 5/8 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x3" 1/4'' 3 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x3 1/2'' 1/4" 3 1/2 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x4" 1/4'' 4 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ 3/8"x1 7/8" 3/8'' 1 7/8 1 5/8 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x2 1/8'' 3/8'' 2 1/8 1 5/8 50 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x3" 3/8'' 3 2 1/2 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x3 1/2'' 3/8'' 3 1/2 2 1/2 50 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x4" 3/8'' 4 3 1/4 50 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x5" 3/8'' 5 3 1/4 50 KH-EZ C 3/8"x2 1/2" 3/8'' 2 1/2 1 5/8 50 KH-EZ C 3/8"x3" 3/8" 3 2 1/2 50 KH-EZ C 3/8"x4" 3/8'' 4 2 1/2 50 KH-EZ 1/2"x2 1/2'' 1/2" 2 1/2 2 1/4 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x3" 1/2" 3 2 1/4 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x3 1/2" 1/2" 3 1/2 2 1/4 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x4" 1/2" 4 2 1/4 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x4 1/2'' 1/2" 4 1/2 3 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x5" 1/2" 5 3 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x6" 1/2" 6 3 25 KH-EZ 5/8'x3 1/2'' 5/8'' 3 1/2 3 1/4 15 KH-EZ 5/8"x4" 5/8'' 4 3 1/4 15 KH-EZ (CRC) 5/8"x5 1/2" 5/8'' 5 1/2 3 1/4 15 KH-EZ (CRC) 5/8"x61/2" 5/8'' 61/2 3 1/4 15 KH-EZ (CRC) 5/8"x8" 5/8'' 8 3 1/4 15 KH-EZ 3/4'x4 1/2'' 3/4'' 41/2 4 10 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x5 1/2'' 3/4'' 5 1/2 4 10 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x7" 3/4'' 7 4 10 KH-EZ 3/4"x8" 3/4'' 8 4 10 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x9" 3/4" 9 4 10 352 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 2213.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espahol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 SAMMYS° FOR WOOD • No pre -drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. Assembled in the U.S.A. View our installation videos! MuTuhe 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) 1/4" 8003957 GST 200 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 1/4 x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 300 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) 0 3/8" 8008957 GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 1475 25 125 #14 Black 3/8" 8068925 GST 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 v 3/8" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2113 (Fir) 1500 25 125 Nut Driver Part # 8113910 5 {f' 3/8" 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 _ 1/2" 8013925 GST 2 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3" 2275 (Fir) 25 125 #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 nlm� '0 ASSEMBLED U.S.A. r SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. .••••••. COSCO ••••••' Fire Protection SECTION 4. CPVC Viking Plastics Features • Sizes Available (Nominal): 3/4" (DN20) through 3" (DN80) pipe diameters, with a Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) of 13.5 as specified in ASTM F442. • Environmental Specifications: Indoor use only. Maximum Ambient Temperature: 150°F (65°C) • Hazen -Williams C Value: 150 BIazeMaste,-'11" CPVC Pipe • Pressure Data: Working Pressure: 175 PSI (12.1 bar) at 150°F (65°C) • Specifications: • Meets NFPA 13R and 13D standards for residential occupancies as well as NFPA 13 standards for light hazard occupancies. • Pipe meets or exceeds ASTM F442. • Certified by NSF International for potable water services. • CPVC pipe from Viking Plastics use compound cell class 23547 (demonstrated highest structural properties). • cULus Listed, FM Approved, New York City (MEA) Approved, LPCB Approved. CPVC PIPE PHYSICAL DATA FM SF pPPCB Nominal Pipe Size Actual Outside Diameter Average Inside Diameter *Weight per 15' (4,6 m) length Length Approvals Part Number Inch DN Inch mm Inch mm Lb. Kg. Feet M 3/4" DN20 1.050 26,670 0.874 22,199 2.52 1,14 15 4.6 cU NSFFM 34PIPE 1" DN25 1.315 33,401 1.101 27,965 3.93 1,78 15 4.6 1PIPE 1 1/4" DN32 1.660 42,164 1.394 35,408 6.27 2,84 15 4.6 114PIPE 1 1/2" DN40 1.900 48,260 1.598 40,589 8.22 3,73 15 4.6 112PIPE 2" DN50 2.375 60,325 2.003 50,876 12.89 5,85 15 4.6 2PIPE 21/2" DN65 2.875 73,000 2.423 61,500 18.86 8,55 15 4.6 212PIPE 3" DN80 3.500 88,900 2.950 74,900 28.01 12,71 15 4.6 3PIPE Nominal Pipe Size Actual Outside Diameter Average Inside Diameter *Weight per 10' (3,05 m) length Length Approvals Part Number Inch DN Inch mm Inch mm Lb. Kg. Feet M 3/4" DN20 1.050 26,670 0.874 22,199 1.68 0,76 10 3,05 cU NSFFM 34PIPE10 1" DN25 1.315 33,401 1.101 27,965 2.62 1,19 10 3,05 1PIPE10 1 1/4" DN32 1.660 42,164 1.394 35,408 4.18 1,90 10 3,05 114PIPE10 1 1/2" DN40 1.900 48,260 1.598 40,589 5.48 2,49 10 3,05 112PIPE10 2" DN50 2.375 60,325 2.003 50,876 8.59 3,90 10 3,05 2PIPE10 21/2" DN65 2.875 73,000 2.423 61,500 12.57 5,70 10 3,05 212PIPE10 3" DN80 3.500 88,900 2.950 74,900 18.67 8,47 10 3,05 3PIPE10 NOTE: CPVC Pipe is produced in SDR 13.5 Dimensions in accordance with ASTM F442. Standard Dimension Ratio is the ratio of the outside pipe diameter to the wall thickness of the pipe. Blazemaster® is a registered trademark of Lubrizol. Specifications subject to change without notice *Empty pipe weights IMPORTANT. Installers should receive thorough hands-on training in the proper methods of assembly and installation of CPVC products Trusted above all TM NIKJW*i(R) Viking Plastid CPVC Pipe Product Specifications BIazeMastei-'11" CPVC Pipe Corrosion resistant CPVC fire sprinkler pipe, when installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's design and instal- lation instructions, is UL and c-UL Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in the following: • Meets NFPA 13R and 13D standards for residential occupancies as well as NFPA 13 standards for light hazard occupancies. • Residential occupancies up to and including four stories in height as defined by NFPA 13R. • Residential occupancies as defined in the Standard for Sprinkler Systems in One and Two Family Dwellings, NFPA 13D. • Installation of private fire service mains and their appurtenances, NFPA 24. CPVC fire sprinkler pipe from Viking Plastics shall be employed in wet pipe systems only and are not listed for outdoor use. CPVC pipe must never be used in a system using compressed air or other gases. CPVC pipe from Viking Plastics also carries the following enhanced listings and approvals: • According to UL Listing • Can be flush at return air plenums • Exposed system risers NFPA 13D, 13R • Exposed basement NFPA 13D (solid wood joist) • Extended coverage (exposed) • 20' spacing on pendent in lieu of 15' • 18' spacing on sidewall in lieu of 14' • Use with combustible concealed sprinklers • UL Listed attic sprinkler head (to protect the floor below) • UL Listed attic sprinkler head with wet system piping (feed main and ridge installation) New and enhanced listings and approvals are being pursued. Always check with the appropriate Listing and Approval agency for details on current listing parameters. CPVC pipe meets all applicable standards for pressure rated applica- tion as required in ANSI -NSF Standard 14 and complies with ANSI -NSF Standard 61 for health effects and are marked with the NSF-pw end use marking. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for wet pipe systems, and shall carry a rated working pressure of 175 psi @ 150°F (12 bar @ 65.5°C). *The FM Approval is limited to use in wet pipe fire protection sprinkler systems for light hazard occupancies in both concealed and exposed applications with certain restrictions. Piping must always be installed in strict accordance to the manufacturer's DESIGN AND INSTALLATION GUIDE, including product storage and handling, joining methods, supporting and bracing, expansion and con- traction allowance and testing, etc. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards 13, 13D, and 13R must be referenced for design and installation requirements in conjunction with the installation instructions. • Exposed sidewall sprinkler listing for exposed pipe & fittings • 24' extended coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12" drop, 155T sprinkler head • 18' extended coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12" drop, 165T sprinkler head • 16' extended coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12" drop, 175T sprinkler head • 14' standard coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12" drop, 200T sprinkler head Factory Mutual Approved* • Factory Mutual Approval exposed • Factory Mutual Approval above drop -in ceilings • Factory Mutual Approval exposed w/Soffi-Steel soffiting covering system All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe from Viking Plastics is manufactured in the USA. All CPVC pipe shall be packaged immediately after its manufacture to prevent damage and shall be stored indoors after production, at the manufacturing site, until shipped from the factory. The pipe shall bear the logo of the listing agencies, and shall carry the National Sanitation Foun- dation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. CPVC products are intended for use in areas where the maximum ambi- ent temperature does not exceed 150°F (65.5°C). If the ambient tempera- ture is expected to exceed this limitation, refer to the manufacturer's DE- SIGN AND INSTALLATION GUIDE for additional information on methods to reduce the pipe exposure temperatures. CPVC pipe is not intended to be installed in outdoor applications. CPVC pipe is intended to be used in wet pipe systems only and have not been investigated for use in dry pipe systems. Special installation and design criteria relative to pipe hanger spacings, piping and sprinkler restraint, sprinkler temperature rating, piping locations, testing procedures and friction loss characteristics are specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the pipe. The manufacturer's installation instructions should be reviewed and the Authority Having Jurisdiction consulted before installation. Trusted above all TM NIKJW*iCR) NIKJNG* a Viking Figure r V5001-G Size 1-1/4" .oSpears Fi gure 5001-G Figure 4233-012 Figure 80160 Cn V5001-G 1-1/2" 5001-G 4233-015 80161 LU V5001-G 2" 5001-G 4233-020 80162 Q V5001-G 2-1/2" 5001-G 4233-025 80163 0 ¢ V5001-G 65 mm 5001-G -- -- V5001-G 3" 5001-G 4233-030 80164 V5018 1"x3/4" 5018 4237-131 80200 V5018 1-1/4"x1" 5018 4237-168 80202 V5018 1-1/4"x3/4" 5018 4237-167 80201 V5018 1-1/2"x1-1/4" 5018 4237-212 80205 V5018 1-1/2"x1" 5018 4237-211 80204 V5018 1-1/2"x3/4" 5018 4237-210 80203 V5018 2"x1-1/2" 5018 4237-251 80209 U c9 z V5018 2"x1-1/4" 5018 4237-250 80208 = V5018 2"x1" 5018 4237-249 80207 (n 7) V5018 2"x3/4" 5018 4237-248 80206 CO V5018 2-1/2"x2" 5018 4237-292 80211 V5018 2-1/2"x1-1/2" 5018 4237-291 80213 V5018 2-1/2"x1-1/4" 5018 4237-290 80214 V5018 2-1/2"x1" 5018 N/A 80215 V5018 3"x2-1/2" 5018 4237-339 80212 V5018 3"x2" 5018 4237-338 80210 V5018 3"x1-1/2" 5018 N/A N/A V5017 3/4" 5017 4247-007 80100 V5017 1" 5017 4247-010 80101 (n V5017 1-1/4" 5017 4247-012 80102 a V5017 1-1/2" 5017 4247-015 80103 U V5017 2" 5017 4247-020 80104 V5017 2-1/2" 5017 4247-025 80105 V5017 3" 5017 4247-030 80106 V5001 3/4" 5001 4229-007 80075 V5001 1" 5001 4229-010 80076 V5001 1-1/4" 5001 4229-012 80077 V5001 1-1/2" 5001 4229-015 80078 V5001 2" 5001 4229-020 80079 U V5001 2-1/2" 5001 4229-025 80080 z J V5001 3" 5001 4229-030 80081 a V5001-R 1"x3/4" 5001-R 4229-131 80220 U V5001-R 1-1/4"x1" 5001-R 4229-168 N/A V5001-R 1-1/2"x3/4" 5001-R 4229-210 N/A V5001-R 1-1/2"x1" 5001-R 4229-211 N/A V5001-R 1-1/2"x1-1/4" 5001-R 4229-212 N/A V5001-R 2"x1" 5001-R 4229-249 N/A V5001-R 2"x1-1/2" 5001-R 4229-251 N/A V5035 3/4" 5035 4220-007 80009 V5035 1" 5035 4220-010 80010 cn V5035 1-1/4" 5035 4220-012 80011 w (n V5035 1-1/2" 5035 4220-015 80012 0 V5035 2" 5035 4220-020 80013 U V5035 2-1/2" 5035 4220-025 80014 V5035 3" 5035 4220-030 N/A V5035-R 1 "x3/4"x1 "x3/4" 5035-R 4220-131 80015 Cat. Viking Figure V5006 Size 3/4" .. Figure 5006 Aea 'gure 4217-007 80050 V5006 1" 5006 4217-010 80051 V5006 1-1/4" 5006 4217-012 80052 V5006 1-1/2" 5006 4217-015 80053 V5006 2" 5006 4217-020 80054 V5006 2-1/2" 5006 4217-025 90055 V5006 3" 5006 4217-030 90056 m V5007 3/4" 5007 4206-007 80025 w V5007 1" 5007 4206-010 80026 V5007 1-1/4" 5007 4206-012 80027 V5007 1-1/2" 5007 4206-015 80028 V5007 2" 5007 4206-020 80029 V5007 2-1/2" 5007 4206-025 80030 V5007 3" 5007 4206-030 80031 V5007-R 1"x3/4" 5007-R 4206-131 80032 CO w (7 V5019-H 3" 5019-H 4253-030 N/A z LL V5051-H 3" 5051-H N/A N/A V5011 3/4" 5011 4201-007 80000 V5011 1" 5011 4201-010 80001 V5011 1-1/4" 5011 4201-012 80002 V5011 1-1/2" 5011 4201-015 80003 V5011 2" 5011 4201-020 80004 V5011 2-1/2" 5011 4201-025 80005 V5011 3" 5011 4201-030 80006 V5011-R 3/4"x3/4"x1" 5011-R 4201-102 80132 V5011-R 1"x1"x3/4" 5011-R 4201-131 80260 V5011-R 1"x3/4"x1" 5011-R 4201-126 80134 V5011-R 1'W/4"x3/4" 5011-R 4201-125 80133 U w V5011-R 1-1/4"x1-1/4"x1" 5011-R 4201-168 80262 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1-1/4"x3/4" 5011-R 4201-167 80261 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1"x1-1/4" 5011-R 4201-159 80137 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1"x1" 5011-R 4201-158 80136 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1"x3/4" 5011-R 4201-157 80135 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1-1/4"x1-1/2" 5011-R 4201-169 80138 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1-1/4" 5011-R 4201-212 80275 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1" 5011-R 4201-211 80264 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x3/4" 5011-R 4201-210 80263 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/4"x1" 5011-R 4201-202 80141 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/4"x3/4" 5011-R 4201-201 80140 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x2" 5011-R 4201-213 N/A V5011-R TXZX1-1/2" 5011-R 4201-251 80267 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm- www.P65Wamings.ca.gov 24 Form No. F_032219 I Rev 22.1 1 January 14, 2022 NIKJNG4 0 Viking Figure No. .. V5011-R 2"x2NI-1/4" 5011-R 4201-250 80274 V5011-R 2"x2"xl" 5011-R 4201-249 80266 V5011-R 2N2"014" 5011-R 4201-248 80265 V5011-R 2.112"x2.1/2"x2" 5011-R 4201-292 80276 U) w V5011-R 2-1/2"x2.112"x1.1/2" 5011-R 4201-291 80273 V5011-R 2-1/2"x2.112"x1.1/4" 5011-R 4201-290 80272 V5011-R 2.112"x2.1/2"x1" 5011-R 4201-289 80271 V5011-R 3"ON2-1/2" 5011-R 4201-339 80269 V5011-R 3"x3"x2" 5011-R 4201-338 80268 V5011-R 3"ONI-1/2" 5011-R 4201-337 80270 cn V5033-E 3/4" 5033-E 4257-007 N/A z 0 z V5033-E 1" 5033-E 4257-010 N/A THREADED FITTINGS V5003-BI 3/4" . 5003-BI Spears 4235-007 Figure. 80142 V5003-BI 1" 5003-BI 4235-010 80145 V5003-BI 1-1/4" 5003-BI 4235-012 80146 V5003-BI 1-1/2" 5003-BI 4235-015 80147 V5003-BI 2" 5003-BI 4235-020 80148 V5003-2-BI 3/4" 5003-2-BI 4278-007 N/A V5003-2-BI 1" 5003-2-BI 4278-010 N/A V5003-S-BI 3/4"A/2" 5003-S-BI or 80175W 4235-101 80175E or V80175W un V5003-S-BI 1"xl/2" 5003-S-BI or V80176W 4235-130 80176E or V80176W of w V5003-S-BI VOW 5003-S-BI 4235-131 80179 a Q V5003-2-S-BI 3/4"xl/2" 5003-2-S-BI 4238-101 80177L Q V5003-2-S-BI 1"xl/2" 5003-2-S-BI 4238-130 80178 V5003-BI-BSP 1" 5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5003-BI-BSP 1-1/4" 5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5003-BI-BSP 1-1/2" 5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5003-BI-BSP 2" 5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5004-BI 3/4" 5004-BI 4236-007 80157 V5004-BI 1" 5004-BI 4236-010 80158 V5004-BI 1-114" 5004-BI 4236-012 N/A V5004-BI 1-1/2" 5004-BI 4236-015 N/A V5004-BI 2" 5004-BI 4236-020 N/A V5018-S-BI 1"xl/2" 5018-S-BI 238-130BR N/A 0 V5007-3-S-BI 314"xl/2" 5007-3-S-BI 4207-101 80199 V5007-3-S-BI 1"xl/2" 5007-3-S-BI 4207-130 80198 m V5007-3-S-BI VOW 5007-3-S-BI 4207-131 80196 w w V5007-3-S-BI 1-1/4"x112" 5007-3-S-BI 4207-166 N/A V5003-S-BG 3/4 X 112 N/A 4135-101 BRG 80175RS V5003-S-BG 1 X 112 N/A 4135-130BRG 80176RS ro V5003-2-S-BG 3/4 X 112 N/A N/A N/A in V5003-2-S-BG 1 X 112 N/A N/A 80178RS y V5007-S-BG 3/4 X 112 N/A N/A N/A V5007-S-BG 1 X 1/2 N/A N/A N/A V5012-S-BG 3l4"x314"xl" N/A I N/A I N/A V5012-S-BG 1"x1"x314"e N/A I N/A I N/A Form No. F 032219 1 Rev 22.1 1 January 14. 2022 Cat. Figure N Size Nibco Figure No. SpearsViking FIg ure Figure V5012-S-BI 1" 5012-S-BI 4202-010 80249 V5012-S-BI 3/4"OAN1/2" 5012-S-BI 4202-101 80250 V5012-R-S-BI 1"OAN1/2" 5012-R-S-BI 4202-124 N/A V5012-S-BI 1"x1"xl/2" 5012-S-BI 4202-130 80251 V5012-R-S-BI 1"x112"x1" 5012-R-S-BI 4203-122 N/A w w V5012-R-S-BI 1.114"Wx112" I 5012-R-S-BI 4202-156 80256 ~ V5012-S-BI 1-1/4"xl-114"A/2" 5012-S-BI 4202-166 80252 V5012-R-S-BI 1-1/2"x1-114"A/2" 5012-R-S-BI 4202-199 80257 V5012-S-BI 1-1/2"x1-112"A/2" 5012-S-BI 4202-209 80254 V5012-S-BI 2"x2"xl/2" 5012-S-BI 4202-247 80253 V5012-R-S-BI 2"xl-1/2"x112" 5012-R-S-BI 4202-237 80258 i— 0 w V450-005 1/2" 450-005 4250-005 N/A i— a WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm- r . www.P65Wamings.ca.ve 25